Home

User Manual - Rillsoft: Project management software with capacity

1. Project Project help r Proj File Edit View Project Tools Window Help Jig id OB ko AE 2 9 9 8 Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 See 2 2 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 Name D Start Finish 5 5 Iw r r s s u Ir s s u v w r r 5 5 21 subproject 1 64 30 12 10 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 subproject 1 14 task 1 24 30 12 1008 00 03 01 11 17 00 task 1 12 task2 40 04 01 1108 00 10 01 11 17 00 task 2 13 task3 26 04 01 1115 00 07 01 11 17 00 task 3 2 task4 43 31 12 1009 00 07 01 11 12 00 894 lt 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 lt r 4 Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp J Remove Sie Favorites 4 Project Dashboard 17 Portfolio Dashboard Activities Project Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Completed 0 Complete 0 Duration Difference Started 0 Reserve 892 hour 2 task4 43 33 11 task 1 24 8 All 4 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml _ E Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 2 Select the tab Project overview You see all the general information in the appearing window 27 View favourites in the project Create favourites
2. 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage ZTea Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Favorites 2 Project Dashboard 2 Portfolio Dashboard Name Code Category i Stat Y Finish File name V 01 Project planning and oversight 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 CARP Samples en port 7102 Establishing a software development en 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 CARP Samples en port2 ri 03 System requirements analysis 07 12 10 00 00 24 12 10 11 00 Samples en port3 rj Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 2 Select the tab Portfolio overview You can use the button to select a portfolio The portfolio s projects marked with a check mark are taken into consideration in the calculation of the availability of resources 29 Create activities In order to create a new activity in the table do as follows 1 Choose the icon button Activity H from the tool bar 2 Enter a name for the activity into the row featuring an asterisk Rillsoft Project Project help rpj Project2 jae of File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 4 amp 4 SB elg 5 30 ao
3. EB Rillsoft Project rpp LIBB Portfolio Sa B File Edit View Project Tools Window Help o c de or S Bt 12 9 5 5 9 95 41 57 1 Decemt Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 T F s s M T W T F S S M T W wr Code Utiliz Effort Totalcost 49 47 24 28 49 105 105 95 82 72 45 50 31 23 32 12 01 Superman 0 00 9 7 2181919 9 6 9 913 software engineering envir 0 00 software engineering environm 22 software test environment 100 16 0 00 Gp ODE tegt environment 23 software development library 100 28 0 00 software development libra 14 02 Diligent 82 0 00 8 8 88 I s1502 Sleeper 145 000 8 8 1 2 i 7701 Eager 99 000 8 8 8 8 8 2 s180t Slow 135 0 00 1 8 212 811 819 001 Fast 128 000 8 8 817 8 22 320 01 Think 195 0 00 16 16 8 9 16 8 8 6 l m2102 Consider 50 0 00 1 lt rk Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage gt 8 Team Usage gt 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage lt 4 1301 E Activities E3 Resources Properties 27 Involved Calendar 2 Team Staff E Resource Pool Name Calendar Non working days Working group team Role qualification Costs Notes 13 02 Tidy 19 07 10 23 07 1 11 001 North 11 003 prog
4. Project resources Nr Machine groups Code Machine type Unit Unit price Price adju Notes 12 001 Rotate machine Kopp 200 00 13 001 Milling machine Graziano 3 000 00 Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Poo Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource pool Filter Rotate machine Selected rows 1 Machine groups Code Machine type Unit Unit price Price adju Notes 12001 Rotate machine 200 00 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons i e Use resource this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars Nall be rmm
5. 2 2 2 2 2 237 Manual selection of calendar esses nnn 239 Manual selection of roleS ssssssssrrrresssssessnnnnnnnrrrrossssssannnnnnnnrrrene 240 Manual selection of 242 Manual selection of employees 2 22 22 4 244 Manual selection of materials 00 2 246 Manual selection of machine 2 2 2 2 248 Manual Selection of 1 250 Manual selection of project category 252 Manual selection of project status 0 400 2 2 254 Appendix B Adjustments of the program environment 256 Adjusting default 257 Adjusting the size of the different objects 259 Adjusting the font of the different objects 2 260 Adjusting the colour of the different 261 Adjusting the line type of the different 262 Adjusting the XML settings for the presentation of the project in the internet Intrarel occisi oi ons po T GRE IF TG GRR ga 263 Adjusting the SOAP s
6. Manual Resource Selection thai V Calendar 1 Dit ii Roles 1 Dit aaa Teams 1 Dif 2 Employees 1 Dif Machine Types 2 Dif Machines 1 Diff 7 Project Categories 1 Dif gt Project resources _ IE I ERE Working Code E mail Team Calendar Non working days Capacity t Costs Price adju Notes 13 001 East Medium 2 0 00 Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Poo Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource pool Filter East Selected rows 1 1 Nr Working Code E mail Team Calendar Non working days Capacity t Costs Price adju Notes i Eas east co east 1 Medium 2 0 00 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons 1 e Use resource pool this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo
7. SERRE USER 157 Project malade iet lE RARE 159 Identify resoUfces u oe REED RENE REOR SERE eee 162 Create new resource pool file 163 Select other resource oix qutd 164 Set and adjust calendars ERN S 165 168 Set and adjust teas PED M DEAE EAE 170 Set and adjust 7 173 Set ahd adjust materials e MOD o 176 Set and adjust machine types 222 2222 21 178 Set and adjust trgcDliery iaces taxa e p ERREUR PORA NOR 180 Set and adjust project 182 Set and adjust project status 184 Resource allocatioN usado otto mute det pde 186 Assign activities to a role in the view Role utilization 188 Assign activities to a team in the view Team utilization 191 Assign activities to an employee in the Capacity alignment personnel 194 Assign activities to an employee in the view Employee utilization 196 Assign activ
8. E ERU EVEN EVER 30 Edit E EEE RAEE AEN 31 5 290 QUE 32 Working with activity and Subproject 33 Link activities ic icto test bis naar kc cotes cce pei ana 38 Edit rr critter 40 Delete link CT 4i Enter activitiy properties RU DE ENT XR ERE NIE SAU CURE NE 42 Define general activity properties eese nennen 43 ASSIN ROIS apis asta claro Dae dtc atcha dg tra ha ae cea Mare adu od 45 ASSIGIV teams IE UKMEE DENN 46 P IRRPIERRPRRR ORPRPDRTCRIRRRURPRIISE 47 Allocate material 1 0 XI AERE ERAN OR tases a as a NAA 49 Allocate machine TYPES eL Eo Ie note Pie 50 Allocate machinery a 51 E ERAN PEERS EE EU EE 53 Define formatis us s esas Ion a pax EAS RR RR Ra RA ERA UP APR DEG MEE 54 2 Fill in usersdefined fields 55 eh 55 Enter notes amp ie ee 56 SS M 57 Split activities into places FOOITIS descuido cux cut
9. y 5 ee M UU Designer C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Reports Scheduler Ist File Edit Project Objects View 68 a ET 50 198 50 List ovaries 1 mode o Ten drea Dr Lo ec D emm m G3 Variables g Report Container H E Project variables i B Field Table Subproject Double click here to set a title for your list pe H O Subproject H D Task 11 01 2006 H TaskEmployee n aS TaskEmployeeRole H TaskMachine G TaskMachineRole O TaskMaterial a TaskTeam SubprojectCode SubprojectCode j SubproiectCode SubproiectCode SubprojectName 50 002 gt i gm SubprojectCode SubproiectCode ETT SubprojectCode i 1 01 SubproiectCode SubproiectName 01 01 206 0101 SubproiectCode 01 01206 0101 SubprojectCode SubprojectName 07 01 2008 0101296 SubprojectCode SubprojectName 01 01 2008 010 Objects Reportstr Layers Preview 150 Properties 5i Minimum Page Count 1 Project Description default Bl Mail Parameter Fax Parameter 200 SubprojectCode _ SubprojectName 01 01 2008 0120 E
10. A Name Project new Code 69 General 3 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery f Headers and Footers 9 Format User Defined Fields amp Docu 1 Due date Project calendar Project settings Stat 301210 0000 Category Proty 15 minutes x 150 9 Finish 20 01 11 00 00 amp x B 5 3 GREG wa o 4 5 RP Y January 2011 9 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 J 5 Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 Effort Duration Start 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Tea lt Date Time 1 Standard Time step Enter labour output for activity lt x v Enter effort for activity Not selected 100 Duration Example 5 man hours Status in hours z Storage location for project settings Not selected Effort Workplace Data Date 301210 00 00 Baseline Notselected n hours X inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 12 Enter the project name in the field Name Ent
11. 5 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 Nr 11 002 11 003 12 001 13 001 14 001 15 001 lt Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram Qualificati m wx V Basic system Effort Totalcost 32 35 56 56 120 206 7470 00 106 5300 00 0 0 00 100 6000 00 285 17 100 00 315 22050 00 9 amp EE BB ot Lun Y December 2010 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 sir w r r s s u Twr Irisis u vr w T 5 128 143 128 133 77 Ea 52 50 32 42 4 16 16 18 24 21 8 16 16 24 24 24 24 18 16 11 AT 6 8 41181818 8 8 8 16 16 16 16832 32 24 24 19 2 as 3966 24 37 32 32 24 2 14013 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Projectspecic Role Usage 7 lt E 11 001 programmer Code 7 14 commissionin 01_Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 10 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer V 2 3 software dev 02 Establishing a software 28 0712100800 10 12 10 12 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 1 3 3 following 01 Projectplanning and ov 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 11 001 programmer 13 3 system requir 03 System requirements
12. 96r oesgammer om seres Es sseraneus smem nserwem mm1 nserprogammer 6 nserworm nami S5 5 961 progammer c es6r8oum som 5 nes oeogemme v amp asc 59 a a 7 C esse a 225 Month views 9 Preview 226 Superman 4 s NNI uu e Sof Sooo HEREN HEMEN pe Lee imus E Consider i i Page 1 1 Year view in months 8 2 u Year view 2011 in months 12 001 manager 27 3 Jo 2 Je w e 8 Diligent 11 003 programmer v Basc 29 s 3 8 3 7 211 M Sleeper 11 001 programmer C 24 1 Eager 15 001 analyst system 27 4 N ast 14 001 programmer C 21 7 5 5 v 3 Think 14 001 designer sytem Consider
13. Roles Teams e ilh i ce 2 Fre Filter X 8 Assigned roles Resource Pool programmer C 50 00 programmer Ce 1 100 67 programmer PHP 45 00 programmer PHP 1 100 67 programmer 50 00 writter 1 100 67 writter 30 00 manager 60 00 12 001 writter 30 00 Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 61 Display of the project schedule after the splitting into places rooms E Project 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help ele x d a Nr Name E1 Offer 1 1 planning 82 2 1 planning Levy 3 1 planning Durati Start 23 5 30 12 10 08 00 23 5 30 12 10 08 00 33 75 03 01 11 16 30 33 75 03 01 11 16 30 10 25 10 01 11 09 15 10 25 10 01 11 09 15 Finish 03 01 11 16 30 03 01 11 16 30 10 01 11 09 15 10 01 11 09 15 11 01 11 11 30 11 01 11 11 30 v j49 9s dai aa SERO o v 4 5 IR RIED e 909 su Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 January 2011 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 w rirjs sju riw viris s wv w v r s s u v w 5 A planning 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage ZTed we Predecessor
14. le 4 5 BP IS 1 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 4 T F s s w T W T F S S M T W T F Nr Role Code Qualification Utiliz Effort Totalcost 48 48 24 28 56 120 120 121 135 120 73 65 uU c 12 system test planning 100 31 1550 00 Gump Stem test planning 131 sofware installation planning 100 76 380000 poftware inse 21 software engineering environment 100 80 4000 00 software 23 software development library 100 56 2800 00 sorts 25 non deliverable software 100 15 750 00 33 system requirements 100 30 1500 00 em 4 system design 100 84 4200 00 111 002 programmer PHP 166 7470 00 8 8 8 8 8 12 24 111 003 programmer V Basic 106 5 300 00 16 16 8 17 1 9 13 001 manager 100 600000 8 8 1 8 8 8 8 138 8 8 14 001 designer 244 14640 00 16 16 8 9 16 32 32 22 24 24 3 1 59 15 001 analyst 310 21700 00 16 16 8 9 16 24 24 27 37 32 24 16 lt 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific 4 11 001 Name programmer Code O A123 I Activities Resources Properties Nr Name Project Duration Stat Y Finish Role Q 12 system test planning 01 Project planning and 31 2511100800 3011101600 11 001 programmer E 111 software development planning 01 Project planning and ov 16 2511100800 26 11 10 17 00 11 001 programm
15. 07 12 2010 14 00 10 12 2010 09 00 20 00 20 0 9000 00 4 commissioning test 06 12 2010 08 00 10 12 2010 17 00 40 00 120 00 120000 00 5 end 10 122010 17 00 10 122010 17 00 000 0 00 0 00 e First row contains only headings do not mark if the first row does not need to copied e Delimiters for columns select a sign that separates the columns in the text file e Date and time format select the format for the display of date and time in the text file The table lists information that can be accepted by the project Click the button Continue if the entries are all correct 2 Activate the check box First row contains only headers do not import if the first row should not be imported 3 In the drop down menu Separator for columns select the separator you want to use to separate the individual elements from each other 4 In the drop down menu Date and time format select the format you want to use for the display of date and time format in the text file 5 The table lists information that can be accepted in the project 6 Click on the button Continue Step 2 83 First line 1 software development planni 25 11 2010 08 00 26 11 2010 17 00 16 00 48 00 9440 00 Second line 2 system test planning 25 11 2010 08 00 30 11 2010 16 00 31 00 124 00 100440 00 The table shows information that has been imported into the project from a text file e Complete click o
16. 7 g Consider 11 003 programmer V Basic Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources in the mjm o choose between main project and subprojects o define a report period 235 o information about projec 3 Click on the button OK 4 Check the opening dialogue Output 5 Click on the button Start Print project resources 1 Select the menu item Tools Repo 2 Choose the project resource 3 Click on the button OK Check the opening dialogue Output Click on the button Start define a report period 4 5 6 Print preview In the dialogue Output settings choose fr Preview Click on the button Start Print Options Select printing options Export Media C Microsoft XPS Document Writer Direct to Save options permanently Options First Page
17. Code Project 01 Project planning and ov 01 Project planning and ov 01 Project planning and ov 01 Project planning and ov 02 Establishing a software 02 Establishing a software 01 Project planning and ov 03 System requirements an 02 Establishing a software 01 Project planning and ov 03 System requirements an D Cuetam ram iinamante sn Start 25 11 10 08 00 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 30 11 10 16 00 03 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 08 00 06 12 10 08 00 07 12 10 08 00 07 12 10 08 00 07 12 10 14 00 09 12 10 11 00 na 12 1n 11 Finish 30 11 10 16 00 26 11 10 17 00 06 12 10 17 00 07 12 10 14 00 06 12 10 17 00 09 12 10 17 00 10 12 10 17 00 09 12 10 11 00 10 12 10 12 00 10 12 10 09 00 14 12 10 15 00 12 12 1n 1n an E Only assigned activities Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml 7 8 9 1 Material properties during assignation 0 Click on the button OK Mark the check boxes of the activities You can among others define the quantity of a material for an activity Mark the check boxes of the activities Use Resource Pool Filter set During assignation you can refine material properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities e Calculation of a material e Quantity of a material e Notes regarding to a material Selection of activity During this assignation you
18. Jeeeseccese _ _ roms pror SubprojectCode SubprojectName 01 01 2006 01 7 SubprojectCode SubprojectName 01 01 2008 01012006 250 Page 1 LL TotalPages0 dam mm Egi Layout Layout Preview 213 1748 Select nothing selected 217 Edit report In order to edit a report do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Reports 2 Now you can choose between the general project schedule and project resources by selecting either the menu item Project schedule or Project resources 3 Select the menu item Tools Reports Edit 4 The Reporting Designer opens E Design report sexa a ass Look in Scheduler O Name Date modified Type Main lst 10 03 2011 14 39 LST File Recent Places MainSubprojekt Ist 03 10 2009 21 55 LST File TasksList lst 1603 201001144 LST File _ TasksListRessource lst 26 10 2008 09 21 LST File Desktop Libraries E 8 4 5 Select the preferred file 6 The dialogueReporting appears You can view the numerous options of the Reporting Designer when you open the menu item Overview in the help menu 218 104 7 268 1 Select 8 2 2 2 1 iso
19. project name 7 Bold Frame talic F Top Signature Trail rt EVALUATION VERSION Rillsoft Project E Mail info nrillsoft de Underlined Bottom 4 m In order to define the headers and footers of a project you do as follows Activate the tab Headers and footers in the window Project properties 2 Click on one of the fields and enter your text or select a predefined field in the drop down list Fields 3 Ifrequired repeat Step 2 for all the other fields 4 Click on the button OK ja e You can print all views of the project e You can format the texts in the individual fields by means of the corresponding functions 22 Define format You can define the bar labelling and colour for activities and subprojects at your convenience In order to define the format do as follows 1 Activate the tab Format in the window Project properties Properties E Name Project2 Code E General 23 Prefered Team 2 Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 7 Headers and Footers Format User Defined Fields 9 gt Bar labelling Bar colour resource specific Fields Name Restore J Place Automatically Do Type Position Content c Type Name Costs Color Conca Activity Top left Team South 0 00 Activity Bottom left Machine type Rotate machine 0 00 _ Activity Top
20. Soll Ist Vergleich Alt 2 Netzplan Alt 3 Balkennetzplan Alt 4 Ressourcendiagramm Alt 5 Rollenauslastung Alt 6 Rollenauslastung projektspezifisch Teamauslastung Alt 7 Teamauslastung projektspezifisch Mitarbeiterauslastung Alt 8 Mitarbeiterauslastung projektspezifisch Kapazit tsabgleich Personal Alt 9 Kapazitatsabgleich Personal projektspezifisch Materialbedarf Alt A Materialbedarf projektspezifisch Maschinenarten Alt B Maschinenarten projektspezifisch Maschinenpark Alt C Maschinenpark projektspezifisch Kapazit tsabgleich Maschinen Alt D Kapazitatsabgleich Maschinen projektspezifisch Kostendiagramm Alt E 99 Gantt chat B File Edit m Tools Window Help 812 2 aa sls vid Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 amp amp e 909 51 December 2010 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 wv s s w r w v r s 5 5 5 T z 01 Project planning and oversight software development planning system test planning 24 25 26 27 D Start Finish WIT F 5 software dev 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 systemtestp 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 subproject 1 44 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 software inst 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 software tran 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 a subproject 1 software installation planning following and updating pla
21. Tema commons cum mx CriticalFact 2 ouou eo amm 401 CriticalPlan Separator Ticks Tue True 02 l imm t ax am eserveFinishFact Appearance E s mui 8 DiffReserveFinishPlan Default Frame 5 E ki me cime m cle mx 2x 8 DiffReserveStartFact E Fixed Size False No Dc 8 DiffReserveStartPlan Separators Fixed False No 2 DurationDoneFact El Layout 2 8 DurationDonePlan Appearance Cond True Show gl lo Eil DurationFact Distance Before 0 0 0 mm EROS 8 DurationPlan Page Break Condit False False NE 8 DurationUnDoneFact PagebreakBefore False No 8 DurationUnDonePlan El Line Options o 8 ExtraCostFact Data Lines Ie 8 ExtraCostPlan Footer Lines 52 FinishFact IL Grown Enotar Li Ff FinishPlan e E E Id Appearance condition The object will not be 8 LabourintensityDoneFact printed if this condition evaluates to False Eth Layout gt Layout Preview Fa Preview 4 EE 304 5 371 2 Select Report Container 14 9mm 10 5mm 282 2mm 1000009 5mm 267 3 999999 0mm Basis Example of the shape structure This structure is used for exporting to Excel In this the Shape table is a higher ranking table and other tables may be added as lower ranking ones Information from lower ranking tables are displayed in relation to the
22. Activities that use Shared Resource o Shared resource 12 001 Rotate machine Name Start 31 12 10 09 00 07 01 11 12 00 30 12 10 08 00 03 01 11 17 00 04 01 11 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 04 01 11 1500 07 01 11 17 00 From the list select which of the activities you want to share the machine type mm germ 5 From the list of activities select the ones that should share the machine 6 Click on the button OK The selected activities are entered into the column Activities 7 Click on the button OK Note e You can reduce the drop down list of machines by entering a string value of the group name the name or code into the field Filter The view Machinery tab Project properties shows each of the shared machines separately The table of the selected commonly usable machinery shows each of the shared machines separately 21 Define header and footer You can use the header and footer to define the print format of a project schedule In this you do not set the headers and footers for each of the pages separately but all at once You can adjust titles left top right bottom see below to your requirements Properties 4 Name Project2 Code 29 General Prefered Team 2 Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 7 Headers and Footers 9 Format 22 User Defined Extemal 15 Felder View name ME
23. Rotate machine Name Project i Start Finish Machine type system test planning 01 Project planning and ov 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 12 001 Rotate mac software development planning software transition planning software installation planning software test environment software engineering environment commissioning test analysis of user input software development library 01 Project planning and ov 01 Project planning and ov 01 Project planning and ov 02 Establishing a software 02 Establishing a software 01 Project planning and ov 03 System requirements an 02 Establishing a software 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 30 11 10 16 00 03 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 08 00 06 12 10 08 00 07 12 10 08 00 07 12 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 06 12 10 17 00 07 12 10 14 00 06 12 10 17 00 09 12 10 17 00 10 12 10 17 00 09 12 10 11 00 10 12 10 12 00 12 001 Rotate mac 12 001 Rotate mac 12 001 Rotate mac 12 001 Rotate 12 001 Rotate 12 001 Rotate mac 12 001 Rotate mac 12 001 Rotate mac following and updating plans operational concept euretam ran tiramante 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 12 001 Rotate mac 09 12 10 11 00 14 12 10 15 00 12 001 Rotate mac noa121n110n 12121n1n 0n 12 011 Ratata mar 01 Project planning and ov 03 System requirements an D Cuetam ram ramante sn 7 Only assigned activities Resource Pool
24. Pages all D Range s Enter pages or ranges 11 3 410 236 t resources settings and correct the parameters if necessary rts Project resources In the dialogue window Filter you can choose between main project and subprojects define information about selected project resources settings and correct the parameters if necessary om the drop down list Output to the parameter E Change Printer a Printer r Preview 5 File HTML Format 3 Multi Mime HTML Format Adobe PDF Format Mf Bitmap f Metafile Mf JPEG Picture Mif Multi TIFF Picture 9f TIFF Picture Rich Text Format RTF Pinwriter TTY B Text Format a Microsoft Excel Format tej XML Format Appendix Appendix A Shift to resource pool It may be that the resources used in a project differ from those in the resource pool file because project resources are stored along with the project In this event you can shift the project resources to the resource pool In order to align the resources do as follows Select the menu item Project Shift to resource pool rf Rillsoft Project porti rpj 01 Project planning and oversight E File Edit View Project Expand All Subprojects e A a Collapse All Subprojects Renumber Activities Subprojects 129 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 Move out to Subproject Nr Name
25. oix gnus 59 Create subproJects x DEED E EDEN FEE EE WR 63 Insert subprojects from 64 Edit sUDbpro ects iiio 65 Delete subprojects De qn eo duo duo Deo ced o dee Du cw d eo das 66 Enter subproject properties oUd o exu 67 Assign activities to 5 2 22222 4 68 Take over start and finish dates of a project from activities 69 Identify roles from the assignation of employees 70 Identify machine types from machine 71 Improve presentation of the 72 Optimis a pFOJGCE s vr ERE ERROR EE ERR 74 Assign employees to activities 2 ERR GR YR RSRR D RREIRAR 75 Save project PM 79 80 manasa 81 Import from 5 yea E E DENT OVE EP E ve ER RENE 82 Import text file I PRRIIERRPRRRIORERPDETRPIISEG 83 85 P 86 Export cutus cot pei 87 Project portfolio ue SEEN A 88 NeW proJe
26. ttO02programme PHP 3011 5 bhoj js s 227 Annual report in calendar weeks 228 Printing You can print all views of a project and report about the project schedule and project resources e Select the view or report that fits best your requirements e Check the content in the preview field e Print the document Select either view or report You can select a view by clicking to the appropriate tab in the lower part of the main window or by rightclicking the view tab and selecting the right view from the context menu You can select a report in the menu item Tools Reports Print preview In order to obtain a print preview do as follows 1 Choose the menu item File Page view or Choose the icon button Show print preview from the tool bar 2 Check the appearing dialogue Print preview and correct the parameter if necessary 3 Click on the button OK Printing There is a number of ways for how to print a document e Select the menu item File Print e Choose the icon button Print from the tool bar After having checked the print preview click on the button Print 229 Print preview You can print the project details as views or tables the way they are shown on your monitor After the editing of the project details filter formatting changing the view etc in the preferred view you can can check the layout that is the positions of the project details in the print prev
27. 12 Show 3D Style E passing 213 subproject 1 S Show Project Start Date software installation plannin 131 S T Show Project Finish Date 2 pe Cx software transition plannin 122 d sente C T d ing and updatin ns 133 Show Current Day end 16 4 Show Milestone in Calendar Bar eA 52 02 Estab Show Liquidity Invoice Amount sofa 21 Show Liquidity Term of Payment d 2 22 Ei Software test environment software development ibfary Show Total Usage of Resources Variance Analysis 2 P software devel 24 9 a a R E Additional Resource Histogram Network Diagram Alt 3 A 25 E Additional Cost Chart Gantt Network Chart Alt 4 1 Gantt 1 D x Shorten Name of View Resource Histogram 5 gi E ea 1 Column Arrangement in Table Role Usage Alt 6 person hour Duration 40 hour Tooltip gt Project specific Role Usage Alt 7 amp Gen Tas Team Usage Alt 8 Defined Fields Notes Due date kx Object Options Project specific Team Usage Alt 9 Completed 0 Stat Help Windows Employee Usage Fixed costs 0s Cancel Finish Status Bar Project specific Employee Usage Alt B Financing i Invoice amount 0s amp 2 F Human Resource Capacity Leveling Alt C Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling Alt D of payment 0 work day Material Requirement Alt E Receipt Project Material U Alt F rs EER e Resource Pool F
28. 5 5 5 5 1 software development are development planning Move into New Subproject System test planning Move Up Alt Up cH DEMNM Move Down Down Order Arrange According to Links 32 software transition pla 2 Order Arrange According to Start Date 3 3 following and updatin eye Order Arrange According to Number following and updatinc 4 commissioning test Order Arrange According to Code test Order Arrange According to Name end 5 end Split Activities for Places Spaces Assign the Employees a Activities Extract the Employees a Activities Receive Roles from Assigned Employee Receive Machine Types from Assigned Machine lt 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Keep Start Finish Time from Activities Current portfolio Set the Earliest Start Date Set the Latest Start Date We Favorites Hi Project Da Set Late Activity on Data Date Resources Optimization Delete Marked View Cross project Links Marked Activities Link Baseline Add Baseline Select Baseline Delete Wechseln zum Ressourcenpool Switch to Resource Pool Use Project Resources Filter is not set Switch to Project Resource WW Filter Copy Project Propertis from Workplace Save Project Propertis on Workplace Project Propertis The dialogue Choose between project resources and resource pool will open if the there exist differen
29. 9 5 9 RUE RP 5 Data Date 08 03 11 00 00 April LJ Nr Name Duration Start Finish 45 16 21 stage 1 112 08 03 11 08 00 25 03 11 17 00 11 start 37 08 03 1108 00 14 03 11 14 00 12 task1 31 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 12 00 13 task2 28 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 09 00 14 task3 36 21 03 11 13 00 25 03 11 17 00 5 Payment 1 0 28 03 11 08 00 28 03 11 08 00 56 stage 2 40 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 17 00 61 task4 35 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 11 00 62 task5 33 28 03 11 16 00 01 04 11 17 00 8 Payment 2 0 04 04 11 08 00 04 04 11 08 00 519 finish 136 21 03 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 finish 91 task6 88 21 03 11 13 00 05 04 11 12 00 92 task7 48 05 04 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 jn 93 task8 54 21 03 11 13 00 30 03 11 10 00 12 Payment3 0 13 0411 12 00 13 04 11 12 00 e Payment 3 40 000 00 31 000 00 5 Financing 0909 4 26 485 00 Actual Cos 25 000 005 LT 20 000 00 T z Actual cost 15 000 00 Target cost 10 000 00 Financing 5 000 00 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Employ Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 2 Record all expected incoming payments by setting a separate milestone at the date of invoice 3 The break even chart contrasts the actual costs with the financing
30. NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT Costs Quantity of resources Qualification Name Notes Resource costs Resource effort Utilization Notes for a role within an activity Calendar NUMERIC Code NUMERIC Costs NUMERIC 281 6 EfficiencyFact NUMERIC Productivity 7 EfficiencyPlan NUMERIC 8 EmployeeRoleFact TEXT Role 9 EmployeeRolePlan TEXT 10 HolidayFact TEXT Non working days 11 HolidayPlan TEXT 12 Id TEXT ID Number 13 Name TEXT Name 14 NotesFact TEXT Notes 15 NotesPlan TEXT 16 ResourceCostFact NUMERIC Resource costs 17 ResourceCostPlan NUMERIC 18 ResourceVolumeFact NUMERIC Resource effort 19 ResourceVolumePlan NUMERIC 20 TeamFact TEXT Team membership 21 TeamPlan TEXT 22 UtilizationFact NUMERIC Utilization 23 UtilizationPlan NUMERIC 24 UtilizationExeptionFact TEXT Absence of the employee from activity 25 UtilizationExeptionPlan 26 UseNotesFact TEXT Notes for an employee within an activity 27 UseNotesPlan TEXT TaskTeam 282 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 CalendarFact CalendarPlan Code CostFact CostPlan Group ProductivityFact ProductivityPlan HolidayFact HolidayPlan Id Name NotesFact NotesPlan ResourceCostFact ResourceCostPlan ResourceVolumeFact ResourceVolumePlan UtilizationFact UtilizationPlan UseNotesFa
31. NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date Date Date ID Number Structure depth Name Code Assigned calendars Category Status Effort Completed effort Open effort Duration Start Finish 275 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 276 ReserveStartFact ReserveStartPlan ReserveFinishFact ReserveFinishPlan DiffReserveStartFact DiffReserveStartPlan DiffReserveFinishFact DiffReserveFinishPlan ExtraCostFact ExtraCostPlan PersonCostFact PersonCostPlan PriorityFact PriorityPlan MaterialCostFact MaterialCostPlan MachineCostFact MachineCostPlan TotalCostFact TotalCostPlan NotesFact NotesPlan UserField1 Fact Date Date Date Date NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT Latest possible start Latest possible finish Possible time buffer before start Possible time buffer before finish Fixed costs Personnel costs Priority Material costs Machine type costs Shared costs Notes User defined fields 47 Task 10 11 12 13 14 15
32. Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project calendar to the resource pool Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project calendar 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 239 Manual selection of roles In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter f Manual Resource Selection ag Calendar 1 Dft Roles 10 2 Employees 1 Dif lli Machine Types 2 Dif fl Machines 1 Dif Project resources _ Nr Role Code Qualification Costs Price adju Notes 14 001 designer 60 00 Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource pool Filter designer Selected rows 2 i Nr Role Code Qualification Costs Price adju Notes i M 14 001 designer sytem 60 00 1
33. Select the type for the calculation of material requirements in the field Calculation Fixed The material requirements in the activity is fixed Per hour The material requirements in the activity is calculated by considering the activity duration Per man hour The material requirements in the activity is calculated by considering the effort Per quantity The material requirements in the activity is calculated by considering the working result Enter a differing value of the material quantity which is required for the activity into the field Quantity Enter notes that might be crucial for the material in connection with the activity into the the field Notes Click on the button OK You can adjust the layout of the columns of both tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust In order to have quick access to the used resources click on the button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool 49 Allocate machine types In order to allocate machine types to the selected activities do as follows 1 Activate the tab Machine types in the window Activity properties Properties A mot 21 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 Duration 34 hour General K Ro
34. e first define the employees you want to assign e Secondly mark the activities e Analyse and confirm the provided employee assignation Possible conflicts or overloads are marked in red For those there will be no automatic assignation allocation 187 Assign activities to a role in the view Role utilization In order to assign activities to a role do the following 1 Select the view Role utilization 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens 08 03 11 00 00 bis 29 03 11 00 00 1 Hide completed activities View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select Name i analyst designer manager 55855885883 2338383338 IS S S S S S S S Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific 8 i subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources inthe mcum enm 3 Remove the tick of th
35. w T F s s w u v w T F 4 Realization 5 100 00 Realizatic 112 002 brick small m 35 980000 2 45 18 1 Process model 2 560 00 ae 10855 model 3 Definition of obj m 15 4200 00 Pfinition of objectives 4 Realization m 48 504000 a_i Peaizatic 2113 001 concrete m 25 3750 00 5 20 1 Process model m 5 750 00 Process model i 4 Realization 20 3000 00 14 001 cored wire m 55 550 00 10 45 4 Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Employee Usage 9 Human Resource Capacity Leveling A Material Requirement x 4 12 001 brick Code Activities 1 Resources Properties Resource Pool Nr 12 002 Material group Code Material type Unit Costs Notes 280 00 Resource Pool File CARP Samples erRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Material requirement Display of the project s demand for materials Resource allocation from the perspective of resources Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single material Visualisation of the allocation of materials to activities You can use the view Material requirement for the following Assign selected activities to a material Analyse the material requirements by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool C
36. 4l 2 2 4448 41811513 1 4t Ja 35 m m ll ll A a m 815 002 Abteilung B 124 5580 00 0313 4 1 4 4B 2 54 1 44 9 5739 111 105 Cae a a map ll Qm m a 10 00 9 00 8 00 T 00 6 00 5 00 435 tT 4 00 3 00 2 00 1 25 4 Auslastung 1 00 4 5 Ressourcendiagramm 6 Rollenauslastung 7 Rollenauslastung projektspezifisch 8 Teamauslastung 9 lt Ressourcenpool Datei 01 RP 5 0 Samples _show_live portfolio RillPrj xml Ressourcenpool verwendet Filter gesetzt Context menu in the view Team usage Expand collapse all teams Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all teams e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the work groups teams per day week etc Show average per time unit The average required number of team resources teams per day week etc Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc e Group by teams Presents the teams belonging to a work group in one row with total utilization e Place activities one row if possible Displays the activities done by one team in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows e Display in
37. 83 03 System requiremen 100 30 9000000 16 53 SS 4 gt Types Usage Machinery Usage J Project specific Machinery Usage K Machinery Capacity Leveling L Project specific Machinery Capacity Leveling lt 2 xj E 13 001 Milling machine la Activities L Resources Properties Resource Pool Nr Machine groups Machine type Unit Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Project specific capacity alignment machines Display of the portfolio s demand for machines per project Calculation of the load of every single machine Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine Visualisation of the allocation of machines in activities You can use the view Project specific capacity alignment machines for the following e Analyse the load of a machine by help of filter settings e Change the timescale e Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Project specific capacity alignment machines Expand collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all resources e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc e Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or machine days respectively per day week etc e Group b
38. Analyse the load of a machine by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Capacity alignment machines 140 Expand collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all resources Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or machine days respectively per day week etc Group by machine type Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load Display in reference to subprojects The loads of machines is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Unhide activities Shows all activities to whom machines were assigned in the diagram field Unhide machines Shows all machines of this machine type in the resource list Sort machines All displayed machines can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machinery Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the wind
39. Atlas Pcs 45 003 3 Note e You can search for machine groups machine types or the code of a machine type the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 179 Set and adjust machinery Rillsoft Project provides for a very flexible management of machinery You can allocate a machine to machine types and to unit prices and price adjustments Manufacturer and machine or device type are then defined within the group Example Lifting davids Lifting david type 10 to Lifting david type 100 to etc In order to set and adjust machinery you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Machinery 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Machine name 4 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 5 Select the team which you want the machine allocate to in the drop down list Working group team 6 Select the machine type which you want to allocate to the machine in the drop down list Machine group machine type 7 Enter the costs per hour of the machine into the field Unit price 8 After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a n
40. In order to create a user defined field do as follows 1 Activate the tab User defined fields in the window Project properties Properties ej E Name Project2 Code 23 General Prefered Team 2 Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery Vf Headers and Footers 2 Format r User Defined Fields Docu Name Tex 1 Person in charge 2 Enter the name of the field into the column Name 3 Enter your information into the column Text 4 Click on the button OK 24 External links It lists all links existing in the project subproject The column Name shows the names of activities or subprojects By doubleclicking on the names the tab Notes amp links in Activity properties appears The column External link shows the names of the linked files By doubleclicking on the file name the file opens Properties fe 4 Name Project2 Code Prefemed Team lii Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 7 7 Headers and Footers 2 Format r User Defined Fields Extemal Document Links d Nr Name Extemal link Project2 file C Marketing Vertrieb Prospekt pdf file C 1 PressR 474 doc http www google de 25 Enter notes amp links You can use this tab to enter your own notes and assign external links to the project subproject or link the project subproject to document or graphic files Y
41. creates a new activity at the position pointed to by the cursor New subproject creates a new subproject at the position pointed to by the cursor New subproject from file inserts an already stored subproject of this project at the position pointed to by the cursor New link finish start sets a new finish start link between activities New link finish start without delay sets a new finish start link without delay between activities New link start start sets a new start start link between activities New link finish finish sets a new finish finish link between activities New link start finish sets a new start finish link between activities New incompatible activity group sets a new incompatible activity group link between activities Insert inserts marked acrtivities subprojects into a project Mark all marks all activities and subprojects If activities are subordinated to a subproject only the subproject will be marked in the diagram Search searches for an activity or subproject within a project If you simply enter the first letters of the activity or subproject name into the open window the searched activity will be marked in the search list Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram 107 Gantt network diagram Rillsoft Projec
42. 114 Group by roles Presents the qualifications belonging to a role in one row with total utilization Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one role in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The role utilization is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort roles All displayed roles can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all roles in the project per day week etc Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram Team usage Project trpp LIBB 15 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 4 amp amp 4 aal 8B 9 4 Q SP L December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1
43. 15 001 analyst Eager 11 001 programmer C Fast 11 001 programmer C Fast 11 003 programmer V Basic Goeslike 16 001 support Goeslike 12 001 writter Sleeper 11 001 programmer Sleeper 14 001 designer Slow 11 001 programmer C Superman 13 001 manager Thiel NANI 1 2 t Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources inthe mcm enm 3 Remove the tick of the check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all employees from the resource pool in the list 4 You can mark the check box Employees and transfer all employees to the view Employee utilization Alternatively you can mark only selected employees 5 Click on the button OK 196 IS S S S S 888888888 3 3 6 Select the employee which you want to assign activities to in the table of the
44. 16 16 16 Milling machine 522000 00 100 48 18 19 1 2 8 8 8 software develop 0 00 a software development planning system test plan 93 000 00 n system test planning software transiti 99 000 00 following and up 0 00 commissioning t 120 000 00 commissioning test software engine 120 000 00 software engineering environment operational conc 90 000 00 caa operational concept machine 2 8 8 8 8 8 10 00 9 00 8 00 7 00 6 00 5 00 Shortage 400 Demand 3 00 Capacity 200 Capacity independent roles 1 00 i 4 chine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage Machinery Usage J Project specific Machinery Usage Machinery Capacity Leveling 1 1 i Resource Pool File CARP Samples em WRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set This view selection via the context menu contrasts the demand blue bars for each of the machine groups machine types with the capacity line red If you click on the required machine group machine type in the table the chart shows the required number per unit of resources as bars marked blue The red line shows the available number per unit of machines If the red line supply of machines is above the blue bar demand for machines there is an excess in machines However if the red line runs across a blue bar you have
45. 16 26 15 001 analyst 110 7700 00 25 23 Ll MEME 1 10 00 8 00 6 00 Shortage 4 00 RES cd 20 212 2 2 2772 2 4 roject specific Employee Usage C Human Resource Capacity Leveling D Project specific Human Resource Capacity AL ud D Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set This view selection via the context menu contrasts the demand blue and red bars of a role qualification with the capacity If you click on the required role qualification in the table the chart will show blue bars They indicate the total capacity demand per unit such as day week month of a resource The bars are marked in blue as long as the demand for resources does not exceed the available supply The green line shows the available number per unit of employees If the green line supply of employees is above the blue bar demand for employees there is an excess in employees However if the green line runs across a blue bar a red bar indicates a personnel shortfall 127 Material requirement File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 8 x 3g ia 2 oS 3 4535 amp amp E e P 5 Mn CT 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 22 23 CJ Material group Quanti Totalcost T F s s w T w T F s s
46. 2 1 planning Color gt DefaultFarbe 1 Soa emi o Lin type ee Lag Absolute time 0 hour osea V Bold 62 Resource Pool File CARP Samples enRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool _Filter is not set Create subprojects In order to create a new subproject in the table do as follows 1 Choose the icon button Subproject Lal from the tool bar 2 Enter a name for the subproject into the row featuring an asterisk Alternative 1 You can use the mouse to draw a subproject open in the diagram This way start date and finish date as well as activity duration will be defined at the same time Alternative 2 You can use the context menu of the diagrams to create subprojects command New subproject 63 Insert subprojects from file In order to insert an existing project as subproject do as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Choose the icon button Subproject from file e from the tool bar Enter a name for the subproject into the row featuring an asterisk Press the enter key The dialogue box Open appears Select the project you want to insert Click on the button Open Alternative 1 You can use the mouse to draw a subproject open in the diagram This way start date and finish date as well as activity duration will be defined at the same time Alternative 2 You can use the context menu of the diagrams to create subprojects command
47. 3 Choose the option Finish if you have a fixed finish date of the activity and enter Date and Time The start date of the activity will be calculated automatically Note You can move the start date and finish date of an activity much more quickly in the diagram by using the mouse to shift the activity 4 Mark the check box Fix if the due dates of the activity in the optional date calculations that have been selected via the menu must not be moved 5 Mark the check box Mark as milestone if you want to label the activity as milestone In this case activity duration is set to zero Field Activity calendar 6 Select the calendar you want to use from the drop down list Activity calendar The button allows for the quick access to the current calendar 7 Mark the check box Disregard team calendar and employee calendar if the team calendar and employee calendar should not be regarded in new activities 8 Mark the check box Start of activity only at first shift if the start of activity is permitted to begin only at the first shift 9 Mark the check box Show in one row if you want to have several activities succeeding in a row displayed hierarchically independent 10 Enter the percentage of completion of an activity in the field Completed 11 Enter extra costs that are not on display along with the resources into the field Fixed costs Field Financing 12 Enter the amount of the payment period into the field Invoice amount 13 Define
48. 3 software dev 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 9440 00 5580 00 systen test planning 2 systemtestp 31 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 9300000 Emmm 44 08 12 10 11 00 9510 00 subproject 1 58 30 11 10 16 00 10 12 10 09 00 138 210 software installation planning 3 1 software inst 30 11 10 16 00 ubproject 1 17 02 12 10 17 00 3230 00 software transition planning 3 2 softwaretran 33 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 105270 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 500 00 following and updating plans 3 3 following and 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 1009 00 9000 00 Emm al 8 S commissioning test 4 commissioni 40 06 12 10 08 00 10 12 10 17 00 125 400 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 5 end 0 10 12 10 17 00 10 12 10 17 00 0 00 4 1Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram amp Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 D x e 4 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Baseline 01 Project planning and oversight 30 12 10 21 3t C General 22 Costs 5 Roles ig Teams Employee 49 Materai fib Machine Type Machinery Start Finish Effort Duration Target 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 102 34 Actual 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 152 38 Difference hour 5 hour 50 person hour 4 hour Resource Pool File CARP Samples en RillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set The first row in the table lists the properti
49. A current view including time unit filter and scroll position can be stored in the directory Favourites This allows for a quick toggling between the views with the defined settings In order to create new favourites for a project do as follows 1 Select the preferred view 2 If required set a time unit and filter 3 Select the menu item Edit Add to favourites Toggle between favourites In order to view the favourites for a project do as follows 1 Leftclick on the blank space in the bar diagram or any other view The project s window Object properties appears in the lower part of the program window r E Rillsoft Project Project help rpj Project2 arma 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help el x Bal d 5 LR RE 99 a Run Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 2011 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 168 19 20 21 22 23108 Nr Name D Start Finish MT SES PESOS Ea M LES PNIS GESTOS SRITI WITNESS z1 subproject 1 64 30 12 10 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 r subproject 1 14 task1 24 30 12 10 08 00 03 01 11 17 00 A m 188 1 12 task2 40 04 01 1108 00 10 01 11 17 00 1 3 task3 26 04 01 11 15 00 07 01 11 17 00 LA B task 3 2 task4 43 34 12 10 09 00 07 01 11 12 00 n 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 R
50. Project2 100 30 12 10 00 00 20 01 11 00 00 CARP Samples en Project help rpi Create portfolio e Click on the button Add directory and select the preferred directory E e Projects from other directories be added by clicking on the button Add file I e Note If projects are coloured grey it indicates a difference between project resources and the resource pool In order to have the portfolio accept nrniect with sinnificant differences in resniurces thew he anened senaratelu and vni can witch fram the nrnierct resniirce tn the recniurce V Different project resources substitute resource pool Select all projects Unselect all projects Add Folder Add Project Cancel Note Only projects that share a common resource pool can be included in the project portfolio That is projects 03 and 04 vary in resources and are not marked because thes use deviating project resources If projects are coloured grey it indicates a difference between project resources and the resource pool Include projects with project resources in the portfolio Deviating projects being coloured grey can be added to the portfolio in the following way Automatic replacement of project resources The option Replace deviating project resources by resource pool updates the project resources by adding the resource pool at every opening of the portfolio The view Variance analysis displays the changes in time of the p
51. because this may cause inconsistencies within the project Import export of employees Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields ID Name required field Code Calendar Entry date Leaving date Non working days Team Role Productivity Costs Cost adjustment Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key Example of an import file only employee names and the corresponding hourly rates are imported Alfgot Zeller 4 4 20 004 174 Alex Harrison 30 00 Uwe Gibbons 3 3 3 435 003 4 Note e You can search for employees in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 175 Set and adjust materials We recommend you defining materials consumables in a way that allows for being administrated in groups You may define a group for each of the materials for instance group gravel Manufacturer type of material measurement unit and costs are then entered into the group Example gravel grit ballast etc In order to set and adjust materials you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Material Resource Pool Material Machine Type ll Machinery 23 Project Categories 27 Projec
52. which are displayed only as a common output as would be the case with imported GAEB files can be split along any criteria so as to allow for the creation of appropriate subprojects Assign employees to activities assigns selected employees to selected activities Reassign employees from activities reassigns selected employees from selected activities Set earliest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the earliest possible start dates Set latest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the latest possible start dates Shift delayed activities to deadline If the project controlling detects that activities are still not 100 complete and they are still not due you can shift these activities to the deadline and so update the project s status Optimise resource utilization most effective distribution of resources so as to prevent from utilization excess and shortfall within the defined period Delete deletes the marked subproject Properties views the window Properties of the marked subproject For the diagram field In the diagram field you can mark an activity subproject and do the following Expand collapse all subprojects Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all subprojects New activity
53. 12 10 09 00 pu MM Subproject 1 3 1 software installation p 152 38 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 potiware ese 3 2 software transition pla 99 33 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 ivre tension 33 following andupdatin 20 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 Fomowing and upyftinc 4 commissioning test 120 40 06 12 1008 00 10 12 10 17 00 sion test 5 end 0 0 1412101700 14 12 10 17 00 24 00 20 00 16 00 12 00 w 800 37 77 7 7M lii Role Usage 7 Team 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Filter is not set 213 A project after resource optimisation Rillsoft Project porti rpj 01 Project planning and oversight 5 Sa File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e x 3g i SB 9 t a1 v 4 45 Data Date 25 11 10 08 00 25 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Effort Duration Start Finish 5 5 Fi s s rw twit 5 software development 48 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 Software deve velopment planning system test planning 31 29 11 1008 00 02 12 10 16 00 system test planning subproject 1 58 03 12 10 15 00 14 12 10 17 00 software installation p 38 03 12 10 15 00 10 12 10 12 00 software transition pla 33 03 12 10 15 00 09
54. 12 10 16 00 following and updatin 20 10 12 10 13 00 14 12 10 17 00 commissioning test 40 25 11 1008 00 01 12 10 17 00 Commissioning test end 14 12 10 17 00 14 12 10 17 00 10 00 9 00 8 00 5 y 7 00 6 00 5 00 4 00 3 00 2 00 T Usage 1 00 4 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage Z Team Usa age 8 Employ r Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Note e You can use the check box Fix the window Activity properties tab General field Due date to ensure that the due date of the activity remains unchanged during optimisation e The optimisation process takes the fixed dates of the subprojects into account e The command Optimise resource utilization in the context menu of the subproject can be used to optimise selected subprojects only e The optimisation of personnel resources is done along the following command structure employees gt teams gt roles explanation if it includes employees the optimisation will ignore teams or roles 214 XML The function XML export can be used to publish your project data in the intranet In order to publish the project in the intranet internet do as follows 1 Forthis select the menu item File Export XML for web 2 Finally copy the project and paste it in the web server and create a lin
55. 12 10 17 00 3 3 following and updating plans 0 10 0712100900 08121011 00 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e The activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project It lists activities you can select from 2 Mark the check boxes of the activities in the column number you want to select 3 Click on the button Finish Note e You can Click on the button Select all activities to mark all activities at a time 212 Optimise a project The purpose of the optimisation of a project is to obtain a project schedule that meets a predefined deadline and which makes well balanced use of resources In order to optimise a project go to the menu item Project Optimise resource utilization A project without resource optimisation PE es File Edit View Tools Window i a Bg d 3 e aie SEED 4 3 A cab rais 26 27 2 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 E Name Effort Duration Star Finish r s s w a IrieisisiwIviwivirIsis v vr w 1 software development 48 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 Software development planning 2 systemtestplannng 124 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 system fest pss Z3 subproject 1 271 58 30 11 10 16 00 10
56. 9 9 2 E 13 0172 Tidy 2 2 2 2 105 24 software engineering environ 100 software engineering environment 22 software test environment 100 Geen DO Ware test environment 2 3 software developmentlibrary 100 software development library 9 14 01 2 Diligent 1 1 1 4 05 1 1 1 1 16 02 2 Sleeper 1 1 1 1 E 17 01 2 Eager A 1 1 1 1 0 5 ftware test environment 22 software test environment 23 software development library Software development library 25 non deliverable software 18 01 2 Slow 19 01 2 Fast 4 2 Think Usage 4 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage 8 Team Usage 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage gt Project specific Employee Usage Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Project specific employee usage e Project specific display of the project s demand for resources the form of employees e Resource allocation from the perspective of employees e Project specific calculation of the utilization of every single employee e Project specific calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single employee e Visualisation of the assignation of employees to activities You can use the view Project specific employee usage for the following Assign selected activities to an employee Analyse the utilization of employees for each of the proje
57. Activities Name i Start Finish Portfolio 25 11 10 00 00 24 12 10 11 00 01 Project planning and oversight 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 software development planning 25 11 1008 00 26 11 10 17 00 system test planning 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 software installation planning 34 30 11 1016 00 07 12 10 09 00 software transition planning 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 following and updating plans 10 0712100900 08 12 10 11 00 02 Establishing a software development environment 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 software engineering environment 40 0212100800 08 12 10 17 00 software test environment 16 0212100800 03 12 10 17 00 software development library 21 0612100800 08 12 10 14 00 software development files 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 non deliverable software 15 1512100900 16 12 10 17 00 End 0 1612101700 16 12 10 17 00 03 System requirements analysis 07 12 10 00 00 24 12 10 11 00 analysis of user input 19 0712100800 09 12 10 11 00 operational concept 27 0912101100 14 12 10 15 00 system requirements 15 0912101100 13 12 10 10 00 3 6 End 0 0 2412100800 24 12 10 08 00 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e activities provided for selection reflect the st
58. Edit View Project Tools Window Help 8 x 3g a Bale c s 5 REGO v 4 9 IR RED dIBE IS 4 December2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 r 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 180 Nr Name D Start Finish WTE 5165 WT IESE SMT TESSE T ETES 31 01 Projectp 78 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 01 Project planning and oversight 14 software dev 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning 12 system test p 31 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 system test planning N 225 subproject1 44 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 subproject 1 1 3 1 software inst 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 Expand All Subprojects somware iacta EREMO 1 32 softwaretran 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 Collapse Subprojects n planning 13 3 followingand 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 New Activity 16 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 gt 02 Establish 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 No Supe om m 02 Est 21 software eng 40 02 12 1008 00 08 12 10 17 00 software engineering environment New Link Finish to Start 22 softwaretest 16 02 12 1008 00 03 12 10 17 00 23 software dev 21 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 24 software dev 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 25 non delivera 15 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 17 00 3 s New Link Start to Finish T 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3
59. Fields Extemal Docu Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard w Time step Enter labour output for activity 7 z Example 150 M3 Cancel Statt 251110 08 00 Category Priority 15 minutes Finish 101210 09 00 2 Notselected v 19 Duration paola yee Example 5 man hours Status in hours Storage location for project settings Not selected Workplace Data Date 071210 00 00 Baseline 01 Projectplamingandove Inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Application of the bar network diagram e Visualisation of time scheduling and the technological structure of the project You can use the Gantt network diagram to do the following Create and edit activities Link activities Create and edit subprojects Edit the technological structure Context menu in the view Gantt network diagram For the table of activities Once you have marked an activity you can do as follows e Cut cut the marked activity Copy copy the marked activity Fit from activities to the latest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for an earlier time than the marked activity to the latest possible start date e Fit to activities to the earliest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for a later time than the marked activity to the earliest possibl
60. Human Resource Capacity Leveling 1 D 4 am 14 02 Diligent Code EP Activities 71 Resources Properties F Involved Calendar Team Staff m Project Duration Stat Finish Role B Oncal A Ui A BK Notes 2121 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer 40 10 0 1 4 01 Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 10 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer 0 100 0 100 10 40 2 4 02 Establishing a software 42 10 12 10 13 00 17 12 10 15 00 11 002 programmer 126 100 0 4 Only assigned activities y Only activities with aatching role Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 4 Mark the check boxes of the activities 5 You can among others define the utilization and effort of an employee for an activity 6 Mark the check boxes of the corresponding activities 7 Click on the button OK Employee properties during assignation 194 In this assignation you can refine role properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities Readiness of an employee Availability of an employee Productivity of an employee Utilization of an employee Absence of an employee Effort of an employee Notes regarding to an employee Selection of activity During the assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options e Assigned acti
61. Id 2 Code 3 Cost 4 Group 5 Name 6 Notes 7 Metric 8 TotalCost 9 TotalVolume 10 ShareId 11 Start 290 TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date ID Number Code Unit price Name of group Name Notes Measurement unit Costs within the project Efforts within the project Shared machine type Start of assigment 12 Finish Machinery e Machine shows resource machinery Date Finish of assignment MachineTask shows information on activity for selected machine Machine 1 Id 2 Code 3 Cost 4 MachineRole 5 Name 6 Notes 7 TotalCost 8 TotalVolume 9 ShareId 10 Start 11 Finish Additional tables TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date ID Number Code Unit price Machine type Name Notes Costs within the project Efforts within the project Shared machine Start of assigment Finish of assignment The following tables may be subordinated to every project resource table 1 TaskEmployeeRole 2 TaskTeam 3 TaskEmployee 4 TaskMaterial 5 TaskMachineRole 6 TaskMachine Resource roles Resource teams Employees Materials Machine roles Machinery 291 Tables for resource pool The file directory Rillsoft Project Reports Reference Ist Rillsoft Project allows you to generate resource reports from the resource pool 1 ReferenceCalendar Calendar 2 Ref
62. L Nr Project Material group Priority Materi Unit Quan Totalcost 5 M T W ITI IFI SISIM ITIWITIFISISIMITIWITI FIS 81 Projecti 100 19 200 00 1920000 28 12 001 brick big 15 5100 00 15 E 12 002 brick small 35 9800 00 2 15 18 24 Process model 100 2 56000 Process model 23 Definition of objectives 100 m 15 4200 00 08 10000 o objectives 24 Realization 100 18 5040 00 lA 13 001 concrete 25 3750 00 5 20 9 14 001 cored wire m 55 550 00 10 45 Context menu in the view Project specific material requirement Expand collapse all materials Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all materials e Display in reference to subprojects The requirements of materials is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project e Sort materials All displayed materials be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date 130 Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a material in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Materi
63. MachinaName 100 EX 8 29 Table Task Subproject2Task ie 100 1 Mediana 100 0005 e 29 Table TaskEmployeeRole s 100 1 MachineName 100 0 00 3 Table TaskTeam Task2Task 191 X 2003 E Table TaskEmployee Task2 7 1001 MachineName 10 0005 Table TaskMaterial Task2T lt 100 1 MachineName 100 Table TaskMachineRole Ta Ayo Table TaskMachine Task2T I 100 1 MachineName 100 000 o 100 1 MachineName 10 0 005 100 1 MachineName 100 0 05 ro 0 00 e 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 E 100 1 MachineName 100 000 100 1 MachineName 100 000 7 E 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 lo 0 005 Objects Report st Layers Preview mm MachineName ams TE E z 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 1 1001 MachineName 100 0005 5 ux ioi im Minimum Page C 1 o MachineName w 5 1 MachineName 2 Project Description General report 9 z 100 1 MachineName 100 REA 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 E 100 1 MachineName 100 2 05 3 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 0 005 100 1 MachineName 100 0005 100 1 MachineName 100 000 N 100 1 MachineName 100 0 00 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 2 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 a 100 1 MachineName 100 0 005 2 Seite 1 von LL TotalPages0 Gedruckt am Tuesday
64. Machinery Fite 3 3 New Group NewintheGrup Impot Expot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Group Code Name Notes strategic strategic operational operational 11 01 Group strategic Code Name strategic Notes important important e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter new group name in the column Group You can enter a particular category into this row column Name More categories can be entered directly into the succeeding empty row in the column Cafegories This copies the group name automatically Note If you want to change the group name you will need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over by Ll the already created categories e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Mama Entar tha nama of tha antanan inta thie 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Group Now enter a specific project categories in this group into the row column Name You can enter more category ranks in the empty row below in the column Name which copies the group name automatically gt Note To change the n
65. New subproject 64 Edit subprojects In order to edit a parameter of an existing subproject do as follows 1 In the diagram click on the subproject whose parameter you want to edit 6 FF Rillsoft Project port1 rpj 01 Project planning and oversight S File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 8 x Baj u353 gt 30 9 te 8 25 Sr 1 Data Date 25 11 10 00 00 v 12 13 14 O Name Effort Duration Start Finish wlr s s u 5 s M software development 48 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 system fost ae 3 1 software installation p 102 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 insta lane 22 software transition pla 34 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 following andupdatin 10 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 6 0 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 M 4 X1 Gantt 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Tea lt EI 3 Name subproject 1 Code E General 2 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery Z Headers and Footers 99 Format User Defined Fields Exemal Docu D
66. Project management Rillsoft Project 5 3 provides the following conciliating the actual with the budget assigning or reassigning employees to and from activities in the ongoing project 10 o assigning personnel to critical activities so as to speed up execution conciliating the budget with the actual o separating completed from yet to begin activities o Shifting delayed activities to the deadline o optimising resource utilization of not yet completed activities of the project Working in networks In order to avoid conflicts between resources all users of the network should share the same resource pool file After the installation Rillsoft Project 5 3 accesses the resource pool file which is stored in the application directory In version Rillsoft Project 2007 v 4 1 and following Rillsoft Project offers a separate file repository that is program files are stored in the program directory and user files in the user directory During installation all users will be granted full access to the user directory data directory Users do not require write access for the program directory 11 Create project Create new project In order to create a new project do as follows 1 Select the menu item File New The new project and the window Project properties appears Project Project4 Project4 mE File Edit View Project Tools Window Help
67. Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule Tip If you have the option Activities with matching role only activated the employee will be offered only activities to which this role has been assigned Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help AE a 4 5 BD I t nt Lun December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 191 a Nr Role Qualification Effort Shortfall SOETEHESES 1459 14 49 3 EUIS 311 001 programmer C 372 64 17 5 1232 5 24 do io 16 6 14 2111 002 programmer PHP 206 73 35 424 NI UU ea Ls EE 14 commissioning t 40 2 1 software engine 40 24 software develo 126 tl 14 02 Diligent 4 4 818 18 8 17 21 01 Consider 4 4 4 4 Sis 8 87 11 003 programmer V Basic 106 40 38 44 44 34 154 134 ad 46 6 2 9112 001 writter 40 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8113 001 manager 1 0 5 5 5 8 cS ed rede 314 001 designer 325 131 40 2 24 6 15 rd oe E ES E RE 315 001 analyst 315 150 48 16 16 sm bie 2 a 4 iage 8 Team Usage 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage Project specific Employee Usage C
68. Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc 111 112 Group by roles Presents the qualifications belonging to a role in one row with total utilization Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one role in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The role utilization is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort roles All displayed roles can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all roles in the project per day week etc Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram Project specific role usage Rilsoft Project Portfolio S File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 13 5 IE ea 05 IS t 1 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 lt 1 02 03 04 05 06 07 0
69. a string value into the field Filter to show only certain roles search via role group and code or enter two dots in order to view the roles that have already been used by the project 3 Doubleclick on the entry in the left table to assign the role to the activity Assigned roles 4 Enter a differing value for the number of employees required for this role into the field Quantity 5 Enter a differing value of the percentage the role is utilized in the activity into the field Utilization 6 Enter a differing value into the field Effort for the effort that a role has to perform within the activity 7 Enter notes that might be crucial for the role in connection with the activity into the the field Notes 8 Click on the button OK Notes e You can adjust the layout of the columns of both tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust e You can use the menu item Project Roles from Calculate employee assignation to define roles within a project for available employees who are required for the completion of the activity This allows you to easily use these settings as templates for other activities e In order to have quick access to the used resources click on the button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool 45 Assign teams In order to a
70. activities 1 Shape Projects subprojects activities 2 TaskEmployeeRole Roles 3 TaskTeam Teams 4 TaskEmployee Employees 5 TaskMaterial Materials 6 TaskMachineRole Machine types 268 Shape 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 TaskMachine Id LevelFact LevelPlan Name Code CalendarFact CalendarPlan CategoryFact CategoryPlan CountTaskFact CountTaskPlan CriticalFact CriticalPlan StatusFact StatusPlan LabourIntensityFact LabourIntensityPlan LabourIntensityDoneFact LabourIntensityDonePlan LabourIntensityUnDoneFact LabourIntensityUnDonePlan Machinery TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC BOOLEAN BOOLEAN TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC ID Number Structure depth Name Code Assigned calendars Category Number of activities in project subproject Whether activity is critical Status Effort Completed effort Open effort 269 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 270 DurationFact DurationPlan DurationDoneFact DurationDonePlan DurationUnDoneFact DurationUnDonePlan StartFact StartPlan FinishFact FinishPlan ReserveStartFact ReserveStartPlan ReserveFinishFact ReserveFinishPlan
71. activities New link finish finish sets a new finish finish link between activities New link start finish sets a new start finish link between activities New incompatible activity group sets a new incompatible activity group link between activities 102 Insert inserts marked acrtivities subprojects into a project Mark all marks all activities and subprojects If activities are subordinated to a subproject only the subproject will be marked in the diagram Search searches for an activity or subproject within a project If you simply enter the first letters of the activity or subproject name into the open window the searched activity will be marked in the search list Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram 103 Variance analysis lt Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio bala File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 8 x ig jd Bale 9 SG 4 amp a E 95 P 3 s Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 2010 le 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 Start Finish Costs T F S S M T W T F S SJM T W T F S S M T W T F 17 02 12 10 17 00 3230 00 software transition planning 1 software tran 28 30 1
72. activities to a machine Display of the portfolio s demand for machines per project Display of the project s demand for machines Calculation of the load of every single machine Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine Visualisation of the allocation of machines in activities You can use the view Project specific machinery Usagefor the following e Analyse the load of a machine by help of filter settings e Change the timescale e Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Project specific machinery Usage If you open the context menu on the Machinery row the following commands appear Expand collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all resources e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the machine groups machine types per day week etc Show average per time unit The average required number of machine resources per day week etc 138 Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or machine days respectively per day week etc e Group by machines Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load e Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a machine in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in re
73. allocate resources correct processes or store outputs 88 New project portfolio In order to open a new project portfolio do as follows Select the menu item File Open new project portfolio The dialogue window Project selection for portfolio appears Click on the button Add a directory Select the directory which contains the required projects Click on the button OK Note the dialogue window Project selection for portfolio It provides the projects that can be selected for the project portfolio f Portfolio Project Selection Name Code Category Priority Status Stat Finish File name Project Resources 100 02 06 08 08 00 09 01 09 10 00 C RP_Samples _en Wine tasting fund software development process 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 C RP_Samples _en capa_personnel_ development process Resource Diffen 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 C RP_Samples _en p1 pj Jsoftware development process Resource Diffen 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 C RP_Samples _en p1_completed v 01 Project planning and oversight 100 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 CARP Samples en port rpj software development process 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 Samples en capa pli V 02 Establishing a software development enviror 100 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 CARP Samples en port2 mi 03 System requirements analysis 100 07 12 10 00 00 24 12 10 11 00 CARP Samples en port3 j
74. allows you to calculate the quantity and utilization of the required personnel resources Note This option is only suitable for role assignation 10 Enter the effort of the activity in the field Effort 11 Enter the duration of the activity in the field Duration 12 Click on the button OK 42 Define general activity properties In order to define the general properties of an activity do as follows 1 Activate the tab General in the window Activity properties Properties 4 2 task 4 Code Fixed Duration Effort 43 person hour Duration 43 hour E General jf Roles 2 Teams Employee i Material Machine Machinery 2 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes Due date Activity calendar Calendar list used in the activity p Date Time Project Calendar mies Calendar Employee We Shift Sou A n G Stat 311210 09 00 4 Category Priority 3 8 inl hie Fixed costs 0s n7n 7 nn Not selected 100 ance Finish 070111 12 00 Fx Disregard team and employee calendar Invoice amount 05 Report Start of activity only at first shift of payment 0 work day Receipt 0 Mark as milestone Merge into one line Field Due date 2 Choose the option Start if you have a fixed start date of the activity and enter Date and Time The finish date of the activity will be calculated automatically
75. an 15 09 12 10 11 00 13 12 10 10 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 132 operationalc 03 System requirements 27 0912101100 14 12 10 15 00 11 001 programmer 24 software 02 Establishing a software 42 10 12 10 13 00 17 12 10 15 00 11 001 programmer 2115 01 Project planning and ov 0 1012101700 10 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer Only assigned activi Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 190 Assign activities to a team in the view Team utilization In order to assign activities to a team do the following 1 Select the view Team utilization 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens 08 03 11 00 00 bis 29 03 11 00 00 Hide completed activities View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific 8 subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for select
76. analyst 100 0 00 17 02 Eager 11 001 North 11 001 programmer 100 0 00 Resource Pool File CARP Samples em WRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Application of the view Team usage Display of the project s demand for resources in the form of teams Resource allocation from the perspective of teams Calculation of the utilization for every single team Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single team Visualisation of the assignation of teams to activities You can use the view Team usage for the following Assign selected activities to a team Analyse the team utilization by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool View additional resource diagram or break even chart 115 IE Rillsoft Project Rillprj rpp Portfolio ejm 3X Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Projekt Werkzeuge Fenster Hilfe X i 9 5 v 9 4 IIR REA SES 8 M Stichtag 19 02 08 00 00 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 MI DIMIDIF S S IM IDIM DIF S SIJM IDIMIDI FI S S M DIMI IDI FIS Nr Arbeitsgru Ausla Aufwand Gesamtk 2 2 125 4 5 53 83 8 73 73 71 38 5 5 43 33 25 Ej14 001 X Abteilung A 214 10050 00 411 14312 2 12312412323 23 21109 1 11 11313 eee m
77. and yet to begin activities Enter information about the project progress The updating of information about a selected activity can be accomplished by entering the activity s percentage of completion at regular intervals In order to enter the activity s percentage of completion do as follows Mark the activity you want to enter in the diagram Activate the tab General in the window Activity properties Enter the percentage into the field Completed Click on the button OK SOM INE ES Alternative 1 You can enter the percentage of completion in the context menu of the activity Alternative 2 You can enter the percentage of completion in the table of the bar diagram in the columns Quantity Effort and Duration below Completed Note If there is a number of activities linked as Finish Start and if the successor has more than 0 in the field Completed its predecessor is set automatically to the value 100 Determine data date An data date is the point in time at which the percentages were last entered An data date is determined by means of a check mark a small triangle in the upper part of the timescale Example Bar diagram with determined data date and percentages black bar in activities 151 Edit View Project Tools Window Help i o aa atla elko 4 9 9 Data Date 02 12 10 20 00 25 5 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 1213 14 15 11 Effort Duration Start Fini
78. button Navigation e You can use the arrow buttons upwards and downwards to toggle between activities and subprojects You can use the buttons Tab and Shift Tab to jump forwards and backwards among the single columns 33 Standard Completed effort Open effort Duration Completed duration Open duration Start date time Start date Start calendar week Finish date time Finish date Finish calendar week Earliest start Start reserve Latest finish Finish reserve Fixed costs Human resource cost Material costs Machinery costs Costs Completed Fields in the table No Number of WBS code Info Signals whether it has been referred to internal documents or extaernal links from out of an activity subproject Name Name of activity or subproject Code Code of activity or subproject Category Project category 34 Priority Status Quantity Completed Open Measurement unit Norm Effort Completed Open Duration Completed Open Start Start Finish Finish Earliest possible start Start reserve Project priority Project status Quantity of the working result measured by the measurement unit defined for the activity Completed
79. button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool e The time of use will be calculated automatically 50 Allocate machinery In order to allocate machines to the selected activities do as follows 1 Activate the tab Machinery in the window Activity properties Properties e A 34 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour E General K Roles 2 Teams Employee amp Material 84g Machine Type BM Machinery F5 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes Assigned machine types Filter 1 Assigned machine Resource Pool J Machine group Machi Ba Machine Machine group Costs Machine name A Machine group Machi Uti Rotate machine 1 machine 1 100 Rotate machine 0 00 a Report Allocated machine groups machine types This table lists the allocated machine types in order to support you in selecting the machinery 2 The marked check box of a machine group machine type serves as additional filter for the machinery list The list Machinery shows you only those machines that have the corresponding machine group and machine type 3 The field Quantity utilization contains the required number of machines as well as their utilization for the machine type This column
80. buttons in the tool bar Describe a connection by drawing your mouse from one activity to another Choose the interval type for the link in the Properties window If wished enter the Delay positive or negative by which you want to delay the to acticity depending on the selected type of link If you have entered a delay click on the button OK Alternatively You can link activities in the diagrams via the context menu Notes restrictions in the creation of links Only one link Finish Start without delay can succeed an activity the amount of succeeding links Finish Start can be unlimited Only one link Finish Start without delay can precede an activity the amount of preceding links Finish Start can be unlimited The occurrence of an activity is only allowed in incompatible activity groups 39 Edit link Links can only be edited as long as the succeding activity has not yet started In order to change an existing link do as follows 1 Mark the link you want to edit by clicking on the line connecting the two activities 2 From the drop down menu Link type select another link type in the properties window 3 If wished enter the Delay positive or negative by which you want to delay the succeeding acticity depending on the selected type of activity 4 Click on the button OK Alternatively You can change the Link type via the context menu of the connecting line 40 Delete link In order to delete an existing
81. can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options e Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities Activities at a specific date You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Material and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time 200 Assign activities to a machine type in Machine type utilization Important A project schedule including activities and the roles required in the resource pool should already been set up at this time In order to assign activities to a machine type do the following 1 Select the view Machine type utilization 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens Project Subproject Period of 25 11 10 08 00 bis 24 12 10 11 00 Hide completed activities View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select r Name types v Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show
82. collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you can 125 126 Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc Group by roles Presents the qualifications belonging to a role in one row with total utilization Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one role in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The resource utilization is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Unhide activities Depending on the preferred view you can hide or unhide activities Unhide employees Depending on the preferred view you can hide or unhide employees Sort roles All displayed roles can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Sort employees All displayed employees can be sorted along number name code or cost per hour Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Role utilization Additional
83. completion 221 i e a c cost cost NE aoa d d BR B 9 work day person day junge erue ues uetus nr and oversight person day UN GU MN planning work day person day cunas pane nm c con work day person day hill aca RET rd odd e a s n work day person day Lol il ea Rd no work day person day 13 30 11 2010 10 12 2010 122200 00 ork de NN 07 12 2010 06 12 2010 10 12 2010 EE oe aem cum person day ee Pt iment S fe 000 SOS M OY second environment work day person day u EN RR RP environment work day person day p gue ces cmd cm library work day person day Page 1 von 2 printed onThursday 10 March 2011 15 23 Activity list with resources 1 Select the menu item Tools Reports Project schedule 2 Select the option Activity list with resources Start 11 25 2010 Finish 12 24 2010 Cost 610380 005 25 11 2010 24 12 2010 25 11 2010 10 12 2010 onre E Person I ra ete i Sons 960 005 pum 11 i ees 6400 00S ei F a e 2 See Od Machine 13 01 machine 2 nt ae Fass 1 I hw 12 001 5 3 30 005 Page 1 von 5 printed of Thu
84. copies Field Margins Field Page summary Field Scale Because of their size most projects require more than one page for printing You can use the two radio buttons to define whether the overall project All or or only some sequence of pages should be printed radio button Activate pages and enter the numbers the from and to pages into the input field You can use this field to enter the number of the copies You can use this field to enter the size of the margins and whether you want to have the content of the pages printed within a particular frame When the project prints on several pages you can take advantage of the functions page numbering and cut marks to include all pages You can use this field to define whether a project schedule is printed vertically or horizontally on one or several pages with the selected format The check box Fit to page size allows you to take the size of the page into account 231 Print view Rillsoft Project 5 3 offers the following views Bar diagram Variance analysis Network diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Role utilization Team utilization Employee utilization Capacity alignment personnel Material requirement Machine types Machinery Capacity alignment machines Break even chart In order to print a view do as follows 1 2 3 4 From the Tab view select the view that contains the information you want to print Edit the header footer for t
85. done on the basis of the highest cost rate and the corresponding level of productivity of each of the employees o Median The calculation of capacity and costs is done on the basis of the median value from the level of productivity and the cost rate of each of the employees Note The options Optimistic Real and Median provide different results only when an employee has been assigned to several roles and is recorded with these several roles as team member Enter the capacity for all team members which is calculated in dependence on the selected type of calculation in the field Capacity type corresponds normally with the number of team members into the field Capacity You can change this value in the option Fixed In the field Costs enter the total cost rate for all members of the team which is calculated in dependence on the selected type of calculation in the field Capacity type ein You can change this value in the option Fixed After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a new unit price per hour of the team into the field Cost adjustment If you like enter a note into the field Notes Click on the button OK Import export of teams Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields ID Working group required field Code Team required field Calendar Non working days Capacity ty
86. edit activities e Link activities e Create and edit subprojects Context menu in the view Network diagram For the table of activities Once you have marked an activity you can do as follows e Cut cut the marked activity e Copy copy the marked activity e Fit from activities to the latest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for an earlier time than the marked activity to the latest possible start date e Fit to activities to the earliest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for a later time than the marked activity to the earliest possible start date Shift into subproject shift the marked activity into a subproject Shift from subproject shift the marked activity from a subproject Completed enter the percentage of completion of a marked activity Split split the marked activity into several activities 106 Remove from incompatible activity group Removes the marked activity from the incompatible activity group link Delete delete the marked activity Properties view the window Properties of the marked activity With a marked subproject you can do the following activities Cut cuts the marked subproject Copy copies the marked subproject Shift into a subproject subordinate the marked subproject to another subproject Shift from a subproject shift the marked subproject from another subproject Split activities into places rooms several activities
87. in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored machine types 5 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 178 6 Enter the description manufacturer etc of the machine type into the field Machine type 7 Enter the measurement unit of the tool or machine type example piece etc into the field Measurement unit 8 Enter the costs per hour of the machine type into the field Unit price 9 After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a new unit price per hour and machine type into the field Price adjustment 10 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 11 Click on the button OK Import export of machine types Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields ID Machine group required field Code Machine type required field Measurement unit Unit price Price adjustment Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key Sample of an import file zZ Construction machines Dredgersz Demolition dredges Caterpillar Pcs 32 00 s Construction machines Dredgers Backhoe loaders Bobcat Pcs 34 003 zZ Construction machines Chain dredgers Akermannz Pcs 44 00 s Construction machines Dredgersz Chain dredgers
88. inserts marked acrtivities subprojects into a project Mark all marks all activities and subprojects If activities are subordinated to a subproject only the subproject will be marked in the diagram Search searches for an activity or subproject within a project If you simply enter the first letters of the activity or subproject name into the open window the searched activity will be marked in the search list Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram 109 Resource histogram Rillsoft Project rpp m File Edit View Project Tools Window Help amp x IEEE EE December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 108 09 10 11 12 13 14 115 16 17 18 19 20 121 122 23 24 25 26 27 TIF 5 5 s s w r w r s 5 w CARRA i L E 26 00 24 00 22 00 20 00 18 18 00 17 16 00 14 00 12 00 10 00 9 8 8 00 77 7 6 6 6 6 00 5 5 400 i 2 i2 Usage 2 00 I UJ lt 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Us
89. is deactivated by default If you want to unhide it please refer to Details 4 The field Balance contains the dynamically calculated difference between the requested number for a machine type and the total number of the already assigned machines with the same machine type Support in the controlling of the required allocations of machinery A negative value for instance indicates that more machines of this machine group and machine type are required Mark the check box Preferred and assigned teams to use the assigned teams as an additional filter for the list Machinery The list Machinery will show you then only those machines that belong to the assigned teams Available machinery Depending on the filter settings teams machine type and the entries in the field Filter the central table shows you the machinery as defined in the basic resources Enter a string value into the field Filter to show only certain machines search via the machine group type and code or enter two dots in order to view the machines that have already been used by the project 5 The field Availability shows the percentage of the possible working capacity of a machine within activity duration adjusted for the participation of the machine in other activities of the project 6 Mark the check box Check availability in current portfolio in order to take the employee utilization in other projects that are part of the last opened portfolio into account You can
90. location contract and pay deposit 24 06 08 13 00 24 06 08 15 00 Permits 05 06 08 13 00 05 06 08 17 00 Obtain liquor permit 05 06 08 13 00 05 06 08 15 00 Obtain health department permit 05 06 08 13 00 05 06 08 15 00 Permits obtained 05 06 08 15 00 05 06 08 15 00 Post permits as required 05 06 08 15 00 05 06 08 17 00 Printing Service 05 06 08 13 00 18 06 08 12 00 Identify printing services 05 06 08 13 00 13 06 08 12 00 Prepare notes on printing services 13 06 08 13 00 16 06 08 12 00 Choose printing service 16 06 08 13 00 17 06 08 12 00 Sign printing contract 17 06 08 13 00 18 06 08 12 00 05 06 08 13 00 01 07 08 15 00 pe It lists all activities and subprojects from the template Mark the activities and subprojects you want to include in the project am 5 You can use the field Start to define the time the new project should start 6 In the marked field Change in all activities you can change either the Duration or Effort or Output of the marked activities by the Proportionaliti faktor 7 Itlists all activities and subprojects from the template 8 Mark the activities and subprojects that you want to include in the project 9 Click on the button OK 14 Define project properties In order to define the properties of a project you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Projec
91. of activity only at first shift Tem of payment 0 workday 7 Mark as milestone Merge into one line Receipt ___ 3 Click on the button OK Alternative 1 You may make the changes to the most important activity parameter directly in the table of the bar diagram Alternative 2 You may use the mouse to shift the activity in the diagram so as to change its time parameters or duration Alternative 3 You can quickly check the percentage of completion if you select the menu item Completed in the context menu 31 Delete activities In order to delete an existing activity do as follows 1 Rightclick on the activity you want to delete 2 From the context menu choose the command Delete Alternatively You can quickly delete an existing activity by clicking on the blank space in the diagram with the right mouse button pressed down and striking out the activity 32 Working with activity and subproject tables The tables Activity and Subproject display the most important parameters You can adjust the tables to you requirements by doing the following e rightclick on the column names of the table and choose Select properties in the context menu In the appearing window you can edit the column layout and choose which of the columns also user defined fields you want to have on display e change the width of a column and so affect the overall width of the table temporarily collapse and unfold a table via the
92. of machinery In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Manual Resource Selection amn lba Calendar 1 Ditt 0 Roles 1 Dif 2 Employees 1 Dif fag Machine Types 2 Dit fib Machines 1 Dit Project resources Ic Nr Machine name Code Working group Machine group Costs Price adju Notes 13 01 machine 2 13 001 Milling ma 3 000 00 Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource pool Filter machine 2 Selected rows 1 Machine name Code Working group Machine group Costs Price adju Notes i M 1301 machine2 P677 13 001 Miling ma 300000 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the res
93. of the current resource pool file is shown in the left corner of the status bar At this you may have a project opened 163 Select other resource pool When you first start the program you find the resource pool as RillPrj xml file in the Rillsoft Project data directory You can choose another resource pool Close all projects bevore choosing another resource pool e Select the menu item File Close to close all projects e Select the menu item Tools Select resource pool file e Select the required file xml in the opening dialogue window Subproject Subproject from File Finish to Start Finish to Start without Delay Start to Start Finish to Finish Start to Finish Incompatible Group of Activities Reports Resource Pool Project Resource New Resource Pool File Select Resource Pool File Integration Server Resource Pool Select i Integration Server Resource Pool Import Integration Server Resource Pool Export Global Settings Ongoing and yet o begin activities Nr Pfad zu andere Ressourcenpool Datei setzen Ressourcenpool verwendet Filter nicht gesetzt Note The name of the current resource pool file is shown in the left corner of the status bar At this you may have a project opened 164 Set and adjust calendars In order to set and adjust calendars you do as follows 1
94. of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Manual Resource Selection 2 Teams 1 Dif 2 Employees 1 04 fap Machine Types 2 04 fp Machines 1 Dif 71 Project Categories 104 7 7 Project Status 1 Dif Project resources Nr Group Code Name Notes 12 01 offer H Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource Filter offer Selected rows 2 Nr Group Code Name Notes i 1201 offer 50 12 02 offer 100 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons 1 e Use resource poo this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace res
95. of the timescale and select one of the display options for instance Days 1 1 This is how to adjust the overview of a project schedule of page to your requirements 72 fm ww E Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio sca 48 fis a eee Jelx Jg ka e B 48 4 aB BR 2 9 LR 5 IBI 4 ol Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 V December 20107 24 5 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Nr Name D Start Finish w r r s w r r s s rls s Fis 01 Project g and oversight t epe EETA software development planning 14 software dev 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 system test planning 12 systemtestp 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 subproject 1 E13 subproject 1 44 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 software installation planning 1 3 1 softwareinst 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 lannin 1 3 2 softwaretran 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 i following and updating plans 1 3 3 following and 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 d 16 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 ES 02 Es E2 02_Establish 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 software engineering environment 21 software eng 40 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 software
96. or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all employees in the project per day week etc Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Employee Utilization Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Employee utilization Human Resource Capacity Leveling 2 Rillsoft Project rpp1 rtfolio EN 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help Bx 3 4 v a BB te zu 4 be 2 4 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage e E 0 Roles ES Teams 2 Employee S gt Material file Machine Type Machinery E5 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes Name software development files Project specific Employee Usage C Human Resource Capacity Leveling Code 42 Fixed Duration Effort 126 person hour Duration e gt l v December 20 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 ek Nr Role Code Qualification Effort Totalcost Bal Shortfall p zu E zu 25 11001 programmer Ce 372 18600 00 74 2096 ENERO amp tt002 programmer PHP 166 7470 00 42 2596 du a e
97. overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources inthe 3 Remove the tick of the check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all materials from the resource pool in the list 4 You can mark the check box Material and transfer all marials to the view Material requirements Alternatively you can mark only selected materials 5 Click on the button OK 6 Select the material which you want to assign activities to in the table of the view Material requirements 199 The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule E Rillsoft Project 1 Portfolio B File Edit View Project Tools Window Help ig uid B33 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 Material group brick small m concrete var m cored wire m x 4 12 001 brick o e se Material ty Unit Quanti m 000 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 00 35 gt a 5 5 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 Tetaleot T F S S M T W T F 04 5 December2010 09 430 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 3 ied ES S ER 4 Project specific Employee Usage gt C Human Resource Capacity Leveling D Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling E Material Requirement
98. quantity Open quantity Measurement unit for the activity s working result such as m3 freight Norm in man hours required for the completion of a measurement unit within an activity Effort for the activity or subproject Completed effort Open effort Duration of the activity or subproject Completed duration Open duration Start time date and time of day of the activity or subproject Start time date of the activity or subproject Finish time date and time of day of the activity or subproject Finish time date of the activity or subproject Earliest possible start of activity Caution Will only be shown if the option Calculation of contingency reserve is activated in Tools Global settings General Contingency reserve difference between start and earliest possible start Caution Will only be shown if the option Calculation of contingency reserve is activated in Tools Global 35 Latest possible finish Finish reserve Fixed costs Wages Material costs Machine costs Costs Completed Amount of invoice Payment period Receipt of payment Predecessor Successor Roles Teams Employees Material Machine types 36 settings General Latest possible finish of activity Caution Will only be shown if the option Calculation of contingency reserve is activated in Tools Global settings General Contingency reserve difference between latest possible fini
99. right Machinery machine 1 0 00 Activity Bottom right You can use the field Bar labelling to define the bar labelling of activities and subprojects 2 Select the variables you want to integrate into the labelling from the list Fields 3 The field Type shows which of the objects activities or subprojects will be labelled 4 The field Position shows the position of the labelling 5 The field Content shows the content of the labelling Depending on the preferred position place the cursor in the corresponding content field 6 Enter either the labelling or select a predefined field from the drop down list Fields and press the button gt You can use the field Bar colour resource specific to define the resource specific colour an activity or subproject is going to take on when allocating a resource 7 If for instance you allocate resources to an activity that have been defined in different colours the activity is shown in the colour of the resource that maintains a higher position in the list 8 Restore Deletes all dependency rules 9 Replace automatically Distributes resource colours automatically 10 Upwards Increases the priority of a resource in the allocation of a colour 11 Downwards Decreases the priority of a resource in the allocation of a colour 12 Finally click on the button OK 23 Create user defined fields You can view user defined fields in the tables or print them out
100. settings Not selected Effort Workplace Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 Baseline Automatically generated base in workdays 8 hours workdays In the project Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPjxml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Project specific machine types Display of the demand for machine types per project Ressource allocation from the perspective of machine types Project specific calculation of the load for every single machine type Project specific calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine type e Project specific visualisation of the allocation of machine types in activities You can use the view Project specific machine types Usagefor the following Assign selected activities to a machine type Analyse the load of a machine type for each of the projects by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Project specific machine types Usage If you open the context menu on the Machine types Usage the following commands appear Expand collapse all machine types Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all machine types Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the machine groups machine types per day week etc 134 Show average per time unit The average required number of machine type re
101. teams while employees not being part of a team are shown at the lower end of the list Calendar predefined calendar of the employee Week average working hours week 3 On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness i Role Qualification role and qualification of the employer B Productivity percentage of the calculated productivity of an employer Costs costs per working hour of an employer n Rintan Ratan Select All Employees Back The list includes all the employees you can assign to activities or reassign to other activities by selecting them in Step 1 Employees are grouped together in teams while employees not being part of a team are shown at the lower end of the list o Calendar predefined calendar of the employee Week average working hours per week o On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness 2 Click the check boxes of the employees you would like to assign to activities in the column No You may also click on the button Select all employees 3 Click on the button Continue The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 2 of 3 Selection of activities opens 207 Employee assignment Step 2 of 3 Choice of
102. the column Status This copies the group name automatically Note If you want to change the group name you will need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over by the already created status levels e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Mama Entar tha nama of tha atatia inta thie fiald Note 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Group Now enter a specific project status in this group into the row column Name You can enter more status ranks in the empty row directly below in the column Name which copies the group name automatically gt Note To change the name of the status you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored status ranks 6 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 7 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 8 Click on the button OK 184 e You can search for the project status in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 185 Resource allocation Rillsoft Project provides you two variants of resource allocation 1 to allocate resources to an activity First choose an activity in the bar diagram an
103. the menu item File Import e MS Project XML allows to import from MS Projects that used to be saved as XML files Text file in CSV format allows to import simple scheduling data such as about the structure of a project name start dates and end dates by way of CSV standard e XML for web allows to import XML files that used to be saved via the the menu item File Export e GAEB allows to import from tenders in GAEB Format 90 GAEB 2000 and GAEB DA XML Pl mecke Pricing construction allows to import the following files Project structure Activities their effort and duration Material Machine types 81 Import from MS Project XML In order to import from MS Project XML do as follows 1 Save a project as XML file by means of MS Project by selecting in the MS Project software the menu item File Save as and setting the file type the in the appearing dialogue File type to XML format xml 2 In Rillsoft Project select the menu item File Import MS Project XML Manual Allocation of Resources i Nr Name Code Costs Role Team Employee Machine T Machinery Mark All as 9 Volunteer Team 0 00 p P E 10 Chairperson 0 00 11 Board of Directors 0 00 Teams 12 Auction Manager 0 00 13 Wine Tasting Manager 0 00 Employees 14 Publicity Manager 0 00 a 15 0 00 Machine Types 16 Music 0 00 2 17 Wine Vendor 0 00 Machinery 18 Pri
104. the project information by clicking on the blank space in the window of the main project Finished Number of finished activities Started Number of already started activities Yet to begin Number of activities that have not yet started Number of all activities Reserve Difference in time between the finish date of the latest activity and the deadline of the project e Completed Percentage of the project s progress is calculated by means of the duration of the activities only Ongoing and yet to begin activities This list shows detailed information about activities that have just started or are ready to be started The column Difference shows the variance between the actual progress of activities and at that time and the data date negative difference delay backlog positive difference gain of time 152 Add baseline In order to add a baseline do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Add baseline The dialogue box Add baseline opens 2 Add Baseline Projecti 08 03 11 13 55 2 Enter the name of the baseline into the field Name 3 Click on the button OK 153 Delete baselines In order to delete a baseline do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Delete baseline The dialogue box Delete baseline opens 2 Delete Baseline Project 08 03 11 13 55 Project 08 03 11 13 57 2 Choose the baseline you want to delete from the drop down list N
105. their utilization in this activity Enter a differing value in percent into the field Productivity if the productivity of the employee in the activity differs they are proposed from the resource pool Enter a differing value in percent into the field Utilization if the utilization of the employee in the activity differs If you have reported a role utilization to the tab Roles this utilization will be taken over otherwise default utilization is 100 If you click on the icon in the field Absence the window Absence with the calendar field opens where you can define the days the employee will not be participating in the activity Enter a differing value into the field Effort for the effort that an employee has to perform within the activity Enter notes that might be crucial for the employee in connection with the activity into the the field Notes Mark the check box Utilize resources to the maximum in order to obtain the shortest possible duration of the activity This redistributes the effort of the resources with identical qualifications in a way to allow for a better utilization of the resource which can affect the duration of an activity by for instance a higher percentage of readiness Click on the button OK You can adjust the layout of the columns of the three tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust In order to have quick access to the used resou
106. this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars Nall d rmm nanl in manhe nathi Beem hon nalantad mmm Dink nan tha bidtanw Add ta rmm nanl ta add than neniannt rmm ta In order to manually align the project teams with the teams contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 Inthe table Project resources mark the team you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool team Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool team with the project resource team Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful c Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 242 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the ne
107. types 132 Project specific machine types Usage 134 Context menu in the view Project specific machine types Usage 134 tact cael na arta ta icc dor qoid 136 Context menu the view Machinery Usage 136 Project specific machinery 138 Context menu in the view Project specific machinery Usage 138 Capacity alignment machines 0620 nnn 140 Context menu in the view Capacity alignment machines 140 Project specific capacity alignment machines 142 Context menu in the view Project specific capacity alignment machines142 4 Capacity alignment for machines with additional resource diagram 144 145 Additional resource diagram 00 nnn nnn 146 Additional cost chart a 147 148 Project controlling EET 151 QURE 153 Delete DASE ING Sis Mb wor DTE 154 dede dde dut 155 Control of project financing ico sura
108. view Employee utilization The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule Tip If an employee has several roles the activity will be shown as many times as the number of roles the employee has For instance Mr Smith can work as programmer of and Basic which means all activities will be listed twice so as to allow him to be assigned to one activity under several roles E Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help aB 2 v3 5 A ch B Is aol December 20 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 8 5 5 5 Code Utiliz Effort Total cost 8 8 8 8 Bx Superman 0 0 00 14 01 Diligent 40 0 00 15 01 Goeslike 0 00 16 01 Sleeper 0 00 17 01 Eager 0 00 18 01 Slow 0 00 19 01 Fast 0 00 gt tk Chart 7 5 Resource Histogram 7 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage 18 Team Usage 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage 0 13 01 Name Tidy 3 Resources Properties 7 Involved Calendar a Team Staff Project Duration Start Finish Role 01 Project planning and ov 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 11 001 programmer 01 Project planning and ov 38 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 11 001 programmer 02 Establishing a
109. w vr r s s u v v Nr Project Machine group Priority Utiliz Effort Totalcost 2 2 1i11 2i213 4 3135138l23 11 08 9 12 001 Rotate machine 925 2960000 1 1 031 5414 Tit id 14 103 E 13 001 Milling machine 13 312 000 00 1 1 Fit pa 7 7 214141411 12 system test planning 100 93000 00 5 5 test planning 13 2 software transition planni 100 100 413 9900000 ii 50 ware transition planning 14 commissioning test 100 100 5 120000 00 Commissioning tes 82 02 Establishing softwa 100 5 120000 00 1 41 E 13 001 Milling machine 5 120 000 00 1 241 software engineering envi 100 100 5 120000 00 software engineering e 03 System requirements 100 3 75 90 000 00 0 8 1 1 11 08 9 13 001 Milling machine 3 75 90000 00 0 8 1 1 11 08 4 ian Resource Capacity Leveling E Material Requirement F Project Material Usage Machine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage lt 2 il 4 E 1 Name 01 Project planning and oversight Code O A123 E General 5 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 07 Headers and Footers 2 Format User Defined Fields 8 Exemal Docu gt Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard Time step Stat 251110 0800 51 Category Priority 15 minutes Finish 10 1210 0900 2 Notselected v 10 Duration bon ied Status in workdays 8 hours workdays Storage location for project
110. 0 01 04 11 17 00 6 1 task4 35 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 11 00 6 2 task5 33 28 03 11 16 00 01 04 11 17 00 8 Payment 2 0 04 04 11 08 00 04 04 11 08 00 19 finish 136 21 03 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 91 task6 88 21 03 11 13 00 05 04 11 12 00 92 task7 48 05 04 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 93 task8 54 21 03 11 13 00 30 03 11 10 00 12 Payment 3 0 13 04 11 12 00 13 04 11 12 00 40 000 00 35 000 00 30 000 00 25 000 00 4 20 000 00 Ty Actual cost 15 000 00 5 Target cost 10 000 00 5 1 Financing 5 000 00 7 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 2 Ganit Network Chat 7 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Employ C Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Alternatively You can open an additional chart in the diagram field of the context menu command Additional break even chart Application of the additional break even chart e Visualisation of the budget and actual costs e Analysis of the budget and actual costs You can open an additional break even chart in the following views Bar diagram Variance analysis Bar network diagram Resource diagram Role utilization Team utilization Employee utilization Material requirement Machine types Machinery 147 Filter 101 Project planning and oversight Hide completed activitie 1 3 subproject 1 an 2 02_Establishing a software developm
111. 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 211 8 5 Working group Utiliz Effort Totalcost 40 40 24 26 40 96 96 86 79 64 31 40 22 20 32 34 40 TL cami 8 8 8 6216 iia 24 21 16 9 8 2 zi 5 system test planning 000 SYStem test planning software installation 38 0 00 software installation planning 21 software engineerin 4 40 0 00 software engineering environment software test enviro 4 18 000 Sowat test environment software developme ll 28 0 00 software development library M non deliverable soft 15 0 00 Cas system requirements ll 15 0 00 Gales requirements South 135 0 00 1 8 16 16 146 4312 5 18 8 East 210 000 8 8 T 16 16 16 16 16 9 16 10 10 16 14 8 8 West 340 0 00 24 24 8 10 24 40 40 30 29 24 8 8 8 8 8 10 16 1 E 4 Chart 5 Resource Histogram Role Usage 7 Project specfiic Role Usage 8 Team Usage Project spectfic Team Usage Employee Usage m 11 001 North Code Activities 5 Resources Properties Ga Team Staff Resource Pool Nr Name Code Calendar Non working days Working group team Role qualification Pro Costs Notes 13 01 Tidy 19 07 10 23 07 1 11 001 North 11 001 programmer 100 0 00 13 02 Tidy 19 07 10 23 07 1 11 001 North 11 003 programmer 100 0 00 17 01 Eager 11 001 North 15 001
112. 01 analyst 315 150 48 16 16 UB LEE 2 4 iage 8 Team Usage 9 Project specific Team Usage A Employee Usage B Project specific Employee Usage C Human Resource Capacity Leveling D x Eas 4 22 11 002 Code fe Activities V 1 4 _ commissionin 01 Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 10 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer 1 100 40 724 software dev 02 Establishing a software 42 10 12 10 13 00 17 12 10 15 00 11 002 programmer 3 100 126 Nr Name Project Ds Start Finish Role Quan Utiliza Effort Notes V Only assigned activities Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 195 Assign activities to an employee in the view Employee utilization Important A project schedule including activities and the employees required in the resource pool should already been set up at this time In order to assign activities to employees do the following 1 Select the view Employee utilization 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens Project Subproject F Period of 25 11 10 08 00 bis 24 12 10 11 00 Hide completed activities 1 View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select Consider 11 003 programmer V Basic Consider 11 002 programmer PHP Diligent 11 003 programmer V Basic Diligent 11 002 programmer PHP Eager
113. 08 00 bis 24 12 10 11 00 Hide completed activities 1 View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select Nr Name Machine types 7 13 001 Miling machine 12 001 Rotate machine Klopp Machine 12 01 machine 1 13 01 machine 2 7114 01 machine 3 Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources inthe emj 3 Remove the tick of the check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all machines from the resource pool in the list 4 You can mark the check box Roles and transfer all machines to the view Machine utilization Alternatively you can mark only selected machines 5 Click on the button OK 204 6 Select a machine which you want to assign activities to in the table of the view Machine utilization The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the proje
114. 1 10 16 00 06 12 10 11 00 5 320 00 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 500 00 following and updating plans H 1 following and 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 1000 00 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 E 1 6 end 0 10 12 10 09 00 10 12 10 09 00 0 00 _ 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 25 170 00 82 02 Establish 101 02 12 10 08 00 20 12 10 14 00 28710 00 software engineering environment 2 1 software eng 40 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 12 600 00 software test environment 2 2 softwaretest 16 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 1 920 00 i SOftware development library 2 3 software dev 06 12 10 08 00 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 4860 00 softi 2 4 sofware dev 42 0912101300 16 12 10 15 00 5670 00 Hl 4 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram gt 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 D 1 4 T 23 Name software development library Code Baseline E General 2 Costs Roles 23 Teams dia Employee Material Machine Machine Start Finish Effort Duration Target 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 21 21 Actual 06 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 12 00 112 28 Difference hour 22 hour 91 person hour 7 hour Resource Pool File CARP Samples enRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Application of variance analyses e Visualisation of the difference between target and actual e Detailed analysis of all parameter deviations e Quick det
115. 1 10 2 13 001 East 11 003 100 0 00 14 02 Diligent 25 11 10 2 13 001 East 11 002 100 0 00 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons 7 e Use resource this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars a rmm nanl in anhe mation hon nalantad meminna Dink an tha bidtan Add ta rmm nanl ta add thn neniant rmm ta i In order to manually align the project employees with the employees contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the employee you want to align 2 Click on one of the follow
116. 10 6 14 13 lt Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram amp Role Usage 7 Project spectfic Role Usage 4 11 001 programmer Code Activities 71 Resources Properties 4 Start Finish Role Quan Utiliza Effot Notes 2 1 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 11 001 programmer 1 100 31 6 25111008 00 26 11 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 76 1 32 softwaretr 01 Project planning and ov 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 2 1 software 02 Establishing a software 03 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 Name Project D 3 1 38 33 40 22 software t 02 Establishing a software 16 0312100800 06 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 40 19 28 20 V 1 2 system tes 01 Project planning and ov 111 software d 01 Project planning and ov 11 3 1 softwarei 01 Project planning and ov Ig 11 14 commissio 01 Project planning and ov 06 12 10 08 00 10 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 31 analysis of 03 System requirements an 0712 10 08 00 09 12 10 11 00 11 001 programmer V 2 3 software d 02 Establishing a software 07 12 1008 00 10 12 10 12 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 71 3 3 following 01 Project planning and 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 11 001 p
117. 11 10 17 00 7112 system test planning 100 1 31 person hour 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 7 1 3 1 software installation planning 100 1 34 person hour 30 11 10 16 00 0712 10 09 00 132 software transition planning 100 1 17 person hour 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 122 software test environment 100 1 16 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 23 software development library 100 2721 person hour 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 7 3 1 analysis of user input 100 2 19 person hour 07 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 11 00 73 2 operational concept 100 1 27 person hour 09 12 10 11 00 14 12 10 15 00 3 3 system requirements 100 1 15 person hour 09 12 10 11 00 13 12 10 10 00 125 non deliverable software 100 1 15 person hour 15 12 10 0900 16 12 10 17 00 3 5 software requirements analysis 100 1 30 person hour 20 12 10 10 00 23 12 10 17 00 20 01 Think 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 This list includes all the selected employees you can assign to the selected activities in Step 3 Employees can be assigned to an activity only if their role and qualification meets the demands of the activity p Assignations are dynamically evaluated and effect on the assignation of succeding activities white assignation possible grey assignation inot possible red assignation possible but timing conflicts occur E e On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported n
118. 113 Usage miede teneur ce eu ne cue E QE Le Qe Diu cb ur RR o 115 Context menu in the view Team usage 2 2 116 Project specific team 2 2 2 7 4 117 Context menu in the view Project specific team 117 Employee usage E a IINE 119 Context menu in the view Employee usage 119 Project specific employee usage 121 Context menu in the view Project specific employee usage 121 Human Resource Capacity 123 Context menu in the view Human Resource Capacity Leveling 123 Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling 125 Context menu in the view Human Resource Capacity Leveling 125 Human Resource Capacity Leveling with additional resource diagram 127 Material requirement i 2 ep ror Rape re ERI RD ERR RRRTORU DRE 128 Context menu the view Material 128 Project specific material 2 2 2 22 24 130 Context menu in the view Project specific material requirement 130 Machine types Usage ree RR x EXER EVA cks ieee a 132 Context menu the view Machine
119. 16 17 18 19 20 UserFieldiPlan Id LevelFact LevelPlan Name Code CalendarFact CalendarPlan CategoryFact CategoryPlan CountEmployeeFact CountEmployeePlan CountEmployeeRoleFact CountEmployeeRolePlan CountMachineFact CountMachinePlan CountMachineRoleFact CountMachineRolePlan CountMaterialFact CountMaterialPlan CountTeamFact TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC ID Number Structure depth Name Code Assigned calendars Category Number of assigned employees Number of assigned roles Number of allocated machines Number of allocated machine types Number of allocated materials Number of assigned teams 277 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 278 CountTeamPlan StatusFact StatusPlan LabourIntensityFact LabourIntensityPlan LabourIntensityDoneFact LabourIntensityDonePlan LabourIntensityUnDoneFact LabourIntensityUnDonePlan DurationFact DurationPlan DurationDoneFact DurationDonePlan DurationUnDoneFact DurationUnDonePlan StartFact StartPlan FinishFact FinishPlan ReserveStartFact ReserveStartPlan ReserveFinishFact ReserveFinishPlan NUMERIC TEX
120. 2 100 0 00 v 21 02 Consider 40hour 93 33 11 003programmer V 100 0 00 112 01 Superman 2all 45hour 96 67 13 001 manager 100 0 00 4 list includes all the employees you can assign to activities or reassign to other activities by selecting them in Step 1 e Employees are grouped together in teams while employees not being part of a team are shown at the lower end of the list Calendar predefined calendar of the employee Week average working hours per week working days holidays sickness Role Qualification role and qualification of the employer Productivity percentage of the calculated productivity of an employer Costs costs per working hour of an employer Rintan Ratan Select All Employees Back On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported non 3 The list includes all the employees you can assign to activities or reassign to other activities by selecting them in Step 1 Employees are grouped together in teams while employees not being part of a team are shown at the lower end of the list o Calendar predefined calendar of the employee Week average working hours per week o On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness 2 Click the check boxe
121. 2 13 14 15 24 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Wednesday 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 September 2011 1 280 5678 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 38 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 3 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 October 2011 November 2011 December 2011 rz 123 4B 1 2208 34 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3217 18 19 20 21 22 23 43 24 25 26 27 28 2930 44 31 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 47 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 48 28 29 30 56728 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 52 26 27 28 29 30 31 You use this tab to manage and define the calendars You can create a new calendar by clicking on the button New calendar or entering a e List of calendars The list of calendars shows all the calendars that have been created Mark of the calendars to view detailed 3 In order to create a new calendar click on the button New calendar or enter a calendar name in the column Name which is marked with an asterisk Note The list of calendars shows all the calendars that have been created Mark one of the calendars to view detailed information of make changes 4 In the field Week define the working time for each of the days in a week Intervals can be separated by using a semicolon example 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 5 In the field Day define the non working days You can enter deviating working times for si
122. 20 12 10 10 00 23 12 10 17 00 621 01 Consider 93 33 11 002 programmer PHP 100 0 00 7 2 1 software engineering environ 85 71 1 40 person hour 02 12 1008 00 08 12 10 17 00 7124 software development files 100 3 36 person hour 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 20 02 Think 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 7 1 1 software development planning 100 1 16 person hour 25 11 1008 00 26 11 10 17 00 7112 system test planning 100 1 31 person hour 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 7 1 3 1 software installation planning 100 1 34 person hour 30 11 10 16 00 0712 10 09 00 132 software transition planning 100 1 17 person hour 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 122 software test environment 100 1 16 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 23 software development library 100 2721 person hour 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 7 3 1 analysis of user input 100 2 19 person hour 07 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 11 00 73 2 operational concept 100 1 27 person hour 09 12 10 11 00 14 12 10 15 00 3 3 system requirements 100 1 15 person hour 09 12 10 11 00 13 12 10 10 00 125 non deliverable software 100 1 15 person hour 15 12 10 0900 16 12 10 17 00 3 5 software requirements analysis 100 1 30 person hour 20 12 10 10 00 23 12 10 17 00 20 01 Think 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 This list includes all the selected employees you can assign to the selected activities in Step 3 Employees can be assigned to an activity only if their role and qualificati
123. 22 March 2011 13 13 General Settings Layout Layout Preview Preview 211 8 314 9 Select nothing selected Variables 1 CostMetric 2 DurationMetric 3 MachineRoleVolumeMetric 4 MachineVolumeMetric 5 PeriodFinishTime 6 PeriodStartTime 7 PersonalVolumeMetric TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT Date Date TEXT Currency for costs Measurement unit for duration Measurement unit for machine types Measurement unit for machinery Finish period for report Start period for report Measurement unit for 297 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 298 ProjectCategory ProjectCode ProjectCost ProjectDuration ProjectFinish ProjectLabourIntensity ProjectLabourIntensityDone ProjectLabourIntensityUnDone ProjectName ProjectPriority ProjectStatus ProjectStart ProjectUserField1 10 ReportSignature SubprojectCategory SubprojectCode SubprojectCost SubprojectDuration SubprojectFinish SubprojectLabourIntensity SubprojectLabourIntensityDone SubprojectLabourIntensityUnDone TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT NUMERIC TEXT Date TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC personnel effort Project category Project code Sum of project costs Project duratio
124. 24 software eng 40 02 12 1008 00 08 12 10 17 00 software engineering environment 22 software test 16 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 23 software dev 21 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 24 software dev 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 software dev 25 non delivera 15 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 17 00 Pup Non de x Al 1 Name 01 Project planning and oversight Code E General 2 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery Z Headers and Footers 24 Format User Defined Fields amp Exemal Docu Bar labelling Bar colour resource specific OK Fields Name Je Restore Place Automatically Up 7 Down Position Content Type Name Costs Color It cance Activity Top left Role analyst 70 00 1 Activity Bottom left Role designer 60 00 Activity Top right name Role manager 60 00 A Activity Bottom right m Use Resource Pool Filter is not set TEE Pool File CARP Samples enWRillPrj xml Only projects which commonly use a resource pool can be included in the project portfolio In the project portfolio you can define the order of projects All views from the bar diagram to the break even chart are available for the project portfolio In the project portfolio you can run all the activities similar to a conventional project that is you can create activities
125. 3 software transition planning 165 12 Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Assignation or reassignation of employees to and from activities in the ongoing project Mark the activity Activate the tab Employees in the window Object properties Remove the employee from the activity Click on the button OK mi Alternatively You remove employee from several activities at time Select the menu item Project Reassign employees from activities Assignation of personnel to critical activities so as to speed up execution Mark the critical activity Activate the tab Employees in the window Object properties Assign more employees to the activity Click on the button OK puppe Optimise resource utilization of not yet completed activities of the project 1 Setthe due date 2 Enter the percentages of completion of all activities 3 Select the menu item Project Optimise resource utilization 160 Note Delayed activities will be automatically shifted to the due date during the optimisation of resource utilization 161 Identify resources Rillsoft Project provides two types of resources Resource pool A total list of resources that can be allocated to project activities Resource pools can be used for one or several projects e Project resources Resources that can be used for one project only Resources are roles teams employees tam
126. 4 002 designer product 0 00 In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons e Use resource pool this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars rm nanl in anhe mation Benes le mm nalantad Clink an tha iib Add ta rmm nanl in add tha meninnt eannuenn ta In order to manually align the project roles with the roles contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the role you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool roles Note this button
127. 8 09 10 11 12 13 MITIF S S M T IW TI F S S M Nr Project Role Code Priority Qualification Utiliz X Effort Totalcost 6 120 120 121 135 120 73 65 46 1 01 Project planning and oversight O A123 100 397 2368000 B 56 56 41 2318 18 1 OzEstabishing asotware aevel 4 amp E41 001 programmer CH 151 7550 00 16 16 2 32 32 8 21 software engineering environment 100 100 80 4000 00 software engineering 23 software development library 100 100 56 2800 00 Software develops 25 non deliverable software 100 100 15 750 00 9 11 002 programmer PHP 166 7470 00 8 8 12 24 24 11 003 programmer V Basic 56 2800 00 16 16 19 14 001 designer 80 4800 00 16 16 15 001 analyst 87 6090 00 8 8 H3 03 System requirements analysis 100 361 21320 00 32 37 40 22 lt iagram 4 Gantt Network Chart gt 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage 8 Team Usage 9 lt 4 E E Name 02_Establishing a software development environment Code E General Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 07 Headers and Footers 2 Format User Defined Fields Exemal Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard w Time step output for activity 2m Cancel Stat 021210 08 00 21 Category Priority 15 minutes 20 1210 v 14 00 Netselected v 10 Du
128. CARP Samples en RillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Mark the check boxes of the activities You can among others define the utilization of a machine for an activity Mark the check boxes of the activities 0 Click on the button OK EM Machine properties during assignation In this assignation you can refine machine properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities e Availability of a machine e Utilization of a machine e Notes regarding to a machine Selection of activity During the assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options e Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities Activities at a specific date 205 You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Machine and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time 206 Assign employees to activities Requirements In order to assign employees to activities you need to first assign personnel resources in the form of roles In order to semi automatically assign employees to activities you do the following 1 Select the menu item Project Assign employees to activities The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 1 of 3 Selection of employees opens me Em
129. DiffReserveStartFact DiffReserveStartPlan DiffReserveFinishFact DiffReserveFinishPlan ExtraCostFact ExtraCostPlan PersonCostFact PersonCostPlan PriorityFact NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Duration Completed duration Open duration Start Finish Latest possible start Latest possible finish Possible time buffer before start Possible time buffer before finish Fixed costs Personnel costs Priority 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 5 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 PriorityPlan PaymentCostFact PaymentCostPlan PaymentDelayFact PaymentDelayPlan PaymentTimeFact PaymentTimePlan PercentFact PercentPlan PersonalTypFact PersonalTypPlan PhysicalMetricFact PhysicalMetricPlan PhysicalNormaFact PhysicalNormaPlan PhysicalVolumeDoneFact PhysicalVolumeDonePlan PhysicalVolumeFact PhysicalVolumePlan PhysicalVolumeUnDoneFact PhysicalVolumeUnDonePlan PrimaryCalendarFact NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC BOOLEAN Amount of invoi
130. Display of the project s demand for machine types Ressource allocation from the perspective of machine types Calculation of the load for every single machine type Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine type Visualisation of the allocation of machine types in activities You can use the view Machine types Usagefor the following Assign selected activities to a machine type Analyse the load of a machine type by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Machine types If you open the context menu on the Machine types row the following commands appear Expand collapse all machine types Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all machine types e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the machine groups machine types per day week etc Show average per time unit The average required number of machine type resources per day week etc 132 e Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or days respectively per day week etc Group by machine type Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load e Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a machine type in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate
131. EA 11 001 2 programmer 116 40 34 40 8 67 207 35 35 z 24 24 24 24 3 pomme onm 2 Ss 24 software engineering envir software engineering environment 24 software development files 108 108 Cm e zi 1402 Diligent 2 8 8 8 i28 21 01 Consider 2 8 8 8 8 28 11 003 2 programmer V Basic 56 1 2 423 7 42 42 35 14 001 2 designer 80 50 63 40 2 13 aa 15 001 2 analyst 73 21 29 27 f 93 03 System requirements 361 E RESI n FALARA _ 4 4D Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling 4144 XK ALAM 4 11 002 programmer Code Activities lg Resources Properties OK Nr Project Duration Start Finish Role Quant Utiliza Effot Notes 122 02 Establishing a software 16 02 12 1008 00 03 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer TUER 1121 02 Establishing a software 40 0212100800 08 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer 1 100 40 2 3 02 Establishing a software 21 0612100800 08 12 10 14 00 11 002 programmer 7 24 02 Establishing a software 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 11 002 programmer 3 100 108 2 5 02 Establishing a software 15 1512100900 16 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer 12 6 02 Establishing a software 0 1612101700 16 12 10 17 00 11 002 programmer Only assigned activities Resource Pool File C01 RP 5 0 Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Once the scheduling of roles and machine
132. File CARP Samplesy emWRillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter set 7 Mark the check boxes of the activities 8 You can among others define the quantity utilization and notes of a machine type for an activity 9 Mark the check boxes of the activities 10 Click on the button OK Machine type properties during allocation In this allocation you can refine role properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities e Numb er of machine type e Utilization of machine type e Notes regarding to a machine type Selection of activity During the assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities Activities at a specific date 202 You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Machine type and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time 203 Assign activities to machines in the view Machine utilization Important A project schedule including activities and the machines required in the resource pool should already been set up at this time In order to assign activities to a machine do the following 1 Select the view Machine utilization 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens Period of 25 11 10
133. Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network lt New Link Finish to Start No Lag New Link Start to Start New Link Finish to Finish software dex J jon New Incompatibl Activity Group x 4 Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Paste Ctrl V Remove i Ba pose Deke Select all Ctrl A x Project Dashboard io Dashboard T il Project Paiolo posi Ongoing and yd Scroll to the current day 30 12 10 Completed 0 Complete 0 X Ne Name 4a End Strg F aia MES i Started 0 Reserve 12 hour 11 software Additional Resource Histogram 16 280 Yet4o begin 18 21 software Additional Cost Chart 40 112 3 1 analysis 19 8 Al 18 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Expand collapse all subprojects Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all subprojects e New activity creates a new activity at the position pointed to by the cursor e New subproject creates a new subproject at the position pointed to by the cursor New subproject from file inserts an already stored subproject of this project at the position pointed to by the cursor New link finish start sets a new finish start link between activities New link finish start without delay sets a new finish start link without delay between activities New link start start sets a new start start link between
134. Nr Working group Code E mail Team Calendar Non working Capacity t Capa Costs Price adju North Medium South Medium West Medium 11 001 Working group North Code E mail Team Calendar 4 zm East Medium Non working days type Medium Capacity 2 Costs 0 per Hour Price adjustment m Notes e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Working group You can enter a particular type of team into this row column Team You can enter more team types inthe empty row directly below in the column Team which copies the group name automatically Note If you want to change the group name you will need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over by the already created team types e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Email Ontianal In thie fiald wan mas antar tha amail addence af tha tanam 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Working group Now enter a new team type in this group into the row column Team You can enter more team types in the empty row below into the column Team whic
135. Pool Import 24 software developm Integration Server Resource Pool Export 1Gantt Chat 2 Variance Global Settings 8 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project spectfic Role Usai Project Resource Resource Pool gt Name Portfolio Code General IE Headers and Footers f Extemal Document Links Project calendar ject setti Date Time 1 Standard E Enter labour output for activity 25 11 10 08 00 Category Example 150 2 Enter effort for activity 241210 11 00 Not selected Example 5 man hours Status d Storage location for project settings Not selected 8 Workplace Data Date 071210 00 00 Baseline Not selected 7 U Inthe project Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 216 Generate report In order to generate a new report do as follows Select the menu item Tools Reports Now you can choose between the general project schedule and project resources by selecting either the menu item Project schedule or Project resources Select the menu item Tools Reports New Follow the commands of the project assistant Click on the button Finish The Reporting Designer opens You can view the numerous options of the Reporting Designer when you open the menu item Overview in the help menu
136. Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Calendar Notes 5 days and 4 h Week January 2011 s 2 3456 7 2110 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 February 2011 5 12 7 8 910111213 7 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 12 4mm 78901 293 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 1 d d d d d d d a Working hours per week 40 Intervals can be separated by using a semicolon Example 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 Day 01 01 11 Default Exemption B Holiday After day Exemption Delete All Holidays hrs name into the column Name of the row marked with an asterisk information of make changes p ae 17 25 26 27 28 29 30 July 2011 26 100273 27 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 28 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 29 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21123 24 25 26 27 28 29 2213031 August 2011 31 1 2 3 4 5 32 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 34 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 5 29 30 31 4 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3 28 28 29 30 31 31 Week April 2011 May 2011 June 2011 Monday 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 1 12 Tuesday 08 00 12 00 13 00 17 00 4 456 78 18 23465677 8 23 6 7 8 9 10212 5 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 j 9 10 11 1
137. Server RIS e Timeout Enter the period of time in this field you want wait for a reply from the RIS before you transfer again or cancel the connection with a timeout error HTTP authentification It allows you to identify yourself to the web server which has among others RIS installed to be authorised to further access rights e Username In this field enter the user name to connect to the web server This is no user name to connect to RIS e Password In this field enter the password to connect to the web server This is no password to connect to RIS Proxy server Use proxy server for LAN You can configure Rillsoft Project to make it connect to the RIS via a proxy server Address In this field enter the n of the proxy server Finst Mafana tha aad You can use this tab to arrange the settings for working with the Rillsoft Integration Server RIS e Timeout Enter the period of time in this field you want wait for a reply from the RIS before you transfer again or cancel the connection with a timeout error e HTTP authentification allows you to authenticate your computer to the web server which has among others RIS installed and be autorised for further access rights e User name Enter your user name in this field to connect to the web server Note This is not the user name to access RIS e Password Enter your password into this field to connect to the web server Note Th
138. Staff Nr Name Project Duration Start Finish A 112 system test planning 01 Project planning and ov 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 100 200 771 1 software development planning 01 Project planning and ov 16 2511100800 2611101700 100 200 71 32 software transition planning 01 Project planning and ov 33 3011101600 0612101700 100 200 1 3 1 software installation planning 01 Project planning and ov 38 3011101600 07 12 10 14 00 100 200 122 software test environment 02 Establishing a software 16 0312100800 0612101700 100 200 7 2 1 software engineering environment 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 100 200 LJ 1 4 commissioning test 01_Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 1012101700 100 200 3 1 analysis of user input 03 System requirements 19 0712100800 0912101100 100 200 23 software development library 02 Establishing a software 28 07 12 1008 00 10 12 10 12 00 100 200 11 3 3 following and updating plans 01_Project planning and ov 20 07 12 10 14 00 1012100900 100 200 3 2 operational concept 03 System requirements an 27 0912101100 1412101500 100 200 12 2 evetam ram iiramante NI Guetam raniiramante an 1R na 121n1i10n 1212111 1nn MN m E m D Only assigned activities Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml_ Use Resource Pool _ Filter set _ Mark the check boxes of the activities You can among others define the utilization and effort of the tea
139. T TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Status Effort Completed effort Open effort Duration Completed duration Open duration Start Finish Latest possible start Latest possible finish 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 5 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 DiffReserveStartFact DiffReserveStartPlan DiffReserveFinishFact DiffReserveFinishPlan ExtraCostFact ExtraCostPlan PersonCostFact PersonCostPlan PersonalTypFact PersonalTypPlan PhysicalVolumenMetricFact PhysicalVolumenMetricPlan PhysicalVolumenNormaFact PhysicalVolumenNormaPlan PhysicalVolumeDoneFact PhysicalVolumeDonePlan PhysicalVolumeFact PhysicalVolumePlan PhysicalVolumeUnDoneFact PhysicalVolumeUnDonePlan PrimaryCalendarFact PrimaryCalendarPlan NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC BOOLEAN BOOLEAN Possible time buffer before start Possible time buffer before finish Fixed costs Personnel costs Which personnel resource is assigned Measurement unit of the labour output Norm of labour output Completed q
140. The the dates of invoices are marked at the curve Actual costs Note The financing can be displayed either by the dates of invoices or the payment deadline 4 You can use the menu items View Show financing date of invoice and Financing payment deadline to toggle between View Show financing date of invoice and Financing payment deadline 157 B File Edit View Project Tools Window e lx iig a B se c REGO Data Date 08 03 11 00 00 Duration Start 112 08 03 11 08 00 25 03 11 17 00 37 08 03 11 08 00 14 03 11 14 00 task 1 31 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 12 00 task2 28 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 09 00 task3 36 21 03 11 13 00 25 03 11 17 00 Payment 1 28 03 11 08 00 28 03 11 08 00 stage 2 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 17 00 task4 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 11 00 task5 28 03 11 16 00 01 04 11 17 00 Payment 2 04 04 11 08 00 04 04 11 08 00 finish 21 03 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 task6 21 03 11 13 00 05 04 11 12 00 05 04 11 13 00 13 04 11 12 00 21 03 11 13 00 30 03 11 10 00 13 04 11 12 00 13 04 11 12 00 40 000 00 35 000 00 30 000 00 25 000 00 20 000 00 Actual cost 15 000 00 Target cost 10 000 00 Financing 5 000 00 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml
141. Totalcost Shortfall ES ES EE ER i m E BS E EA E mE 424 24 24 m g B EHE 79571 12 001 Rotate mac 74 29600 00 8 8 16 15 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 16 16 16 16 16 1 8 3 8 16 11 16 22 10 1 2 8 8 11 Sela 8 16 0 00 software development planning 12 systemtest 31 9300000 iim 5 test planning 13 2 sofwaretr 99 000 00 i 2091 transition planning 133 following a 20 0 00 10009100 and updating plans 14 commissio 40 12000000 24 40 120 000 00 software engineering environment 32 operational 30 90000 00 nda 000200181 Concept 13 01 machine 2 8 8 88 8 8 8 8 8 818 4 chine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage Machinery Usage J Project specific Machinery Usage Machinery Capacity Leveling lt x E 13 001 Name Milling machine Code Activities E Resources Properties Resource Pool Machine groups Code Machine type Unit Costs Notes Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Capacity alignment machines Display of the project s demand for machines Calculation of the load of every single machine Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine Visualisation of the allocation of machines in activities You can use the view Capacity alignment machines for the following
142. Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 5 Similar to the date of invoice the dates that are identical with the payment deadline are highlighted at the curve Actual cost The financing control allows you therefore to detect risks in investments advance financing 158 Project management You can use Rillsoft Project 5 2 for the following tasks so as to accomplish the successful completion of your project targets or even exceed them and prevent the schedule from getting delayed or at least cushion the consequences of possible risks separating completed from yet to begin activities shifting delayed activities to the due date current date assigning or reassigning employees to and from activities in the ongoing project assigning personnel to critical activities so as to speed up execution optimising resource utilization of not yet completed activities of the project A sample of a project before being updated Edit View Project Tools Window Help Bae anla 9 2 v 4 LR RE Data Date 02 12 10 20 00 V 25 28 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 O Name Effort Duration Start Finish T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W software development 48 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 aug S Mware development planning system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 System test planning subproject 1 58 30 11 10 16 00 10 12 10 09 00 s
143. User Manual Rillsoft Project 5 3 2011 Legal EQUI LOU OLLI T 8 a rer ers or errr Es 9 Working in networks sun tado 11 Greate DFOIOE cafa M Ut 12 Create hew Project eee re oc E ee 12 Open Project s TIR AAA IRR RERO TREE EQ RE ERSE PRE DIRAS TSE 13 New project from 2222 22 nennen 14 Define project DEODSELIGS aieo rd ib Deben poda e heo qe o One Qu I owe p co dua 15 Preferred O E ds Pos ud 17 Define machine types that be 18 Define machinery that can be shared 2 2 20 Define header and footer EE EIER ENS EROR ERR XX ERRARE ees 22 IBI INTR EE TIT I LIII LLLI 23 Create user defined cuts 24 External INKS 4 EE EN SE 25 Enter notes S I KS EET C NEED 26 27 View favourites in the ron nno dee we Peur oin eren 28 an ao ten deis 29
144. a period of time in business days for the due date of the payment in the field Term of payment 14 You can enter the date of the receipt of the payment in the field Receipt of payment only if you have declared the milestone to be 100 completed Once you have marked the milestone as 100 completed the receipt of payment is displayed automatically along with the due date of the milestone plus the term of payment You may also correct the date 15 Click on the button OK 43 Note e The list Used calendar contains all calendar used in the activity and shows you the employees that are using the corresponding calendar Yoi can view this list to check which of the teams and employees use what calendar 44 Assign roles In order to ssign roles to the selected activity do as follows 1 Activate the tab Roles in the window Activity properties Properties 5 A 11 Name task 1 Code Fixed Duration Effort 48 person hour Duration 24 hour E General Roles amp Teams Employee Material Machine Type Machinery 2 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes Filter X 8 Assigned roles Resource Pool Role Qualification Coss Role Qualification Quant Utiliza Effort Notes wem programmer 50 00 programmer Ce 1 100 24 programmer PHP 45 00 manager 1 100 24 programmer V Basic 50 00 Report writter 30 00 manager 6000 Available roles 2 Enter
145. a shortfall in machines 144 Cost chart 1 Rillsoft Project rppi rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help Beals Baal aBa lgl h AH Data Date 13 12 10 05 00 800 000 00 709 350 00 Target Cost Selected Resources 641 600 00 Target Cost Tool 600 000 00 s 576 050 00 Actual Cost Full 551 600 00 Actual Cost Machine 700 000 00 500 000 00 400 000 00 300 000 00 200 000 00 Actual cost 2 133 300 00 Target Cost Full Target cost 100000 005 a 67 750 00 S Target Cost Salary Financing 2458005 1 1 1 1 1 124450005 Actual Cost Salary Machinery Usage J Project specific NUIT 1 Project specific Machinery Capacity Leveling M Cost Chart lt Name Portfolio Code Date Time n Enter labour output for activity 25 11 10 08 00 Categor i lami E 241210 11 00 Not selected 2 Example 5 man hours Status L Storage location for project settings Not selected 8 Workplace Data Date 131210 05 0 Baseline Not selected In the project Resource Pool File CARP Samples emWRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Application of the break even chart e Visualisation of the budget and actual costs e Visualisation of the budge
146. activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness 7 The field Availability shows the percentage of the possible working capacity of the team within activity duration adjusted for the participation of the team in other activities of the project as well as its utilization in this activity 8 Enter a differing value for the capacity of the team which is proposed from out of the resource pool into the field Capacity 9 Enter a differing value of the percentage the team is utilized in the activity into the field Utilization 10 Enter a differing value into the field Effort for the effort that a team has to perform within the activity 11 Enter notes that might be crucial for the team in connection with the activity into the the field Notes 12 Click on the button OK Notes e You can adjust the layout of the columns of both tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust e In order to have quick access to the used resources click on the button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool 46 Assign employees In order to assign employees to the selected activities do as follows 1 Activate the tab Employees in the window Activity properties Properties E General Roles 23 Teams Assigned rol
147. age Z Proj lt lel r Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Remove se Favorites i Project Dashboard Portfolio Dashboard Activities Project Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Completed 0 Complete 0 Nr Duration Difference Started 0 Reserve 12 hour 14 software development planning 16 280 Yetto beain 18 2 1 software engineering environment 40 112 31 analysis of user input 19 8 All 18 Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPjxml Use Resource Pool Filter set Application of the resource diagram e Visualisation of the resource utilization Notes The menu item Tools Global settings tab General allows you to attach numerical values to the resource diagram by clicking on the check box Label You can use the resource diagram to do the following e Analyse the resource utilization by help of filter settings e Change the timescale Context menu in the view Resource diagram e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the bar diagram e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram 110 Role usage Project arra File Edit View Project Tools Window Help
148. al requirement 131 Machine types Usage Rillsoft Project rppi rpp B File Edit View Project Tools Window Help alx id o c seo 6 8 5 9 5 IIR RES Br P 3 5 December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 30 1919 5 5 w r r s s w r w s s w r w vr r s s Nr Machine groups Utiliz Effort Totalcost 2 2 1 144121213 4 3i3138i23 11 08 412 001 Rotate machine 925 2960000 1 1 01111 1 9 1 13 jos 12 system test planning 9300000 5 test planning 13 2 software transition plan 100 413 9900000 aii 50 0 transition planning 14 commissioning test 100 5 120 000 00 Gm Commissioning test 24 software engineering e 100 5 120000 00 Gu l Ware engineering environment 32 operational concept 100 375 9000000 Goines concept Capacity Leveling XD Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling E Material Requirement F Project Material Usage G Machine Types Usage x EI 13 001 Milling machine Code IE Activities L Resources Properties Resource Pool Nr Machine groups Code Machine type Unit Costs Notes 1301 machine 2 0 Milling machine 100 d Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Machine Types Usage
149. all project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project e Sort machines All displayed machines can be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total load Total load for all machines the project per day week etc e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machinery e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Machinery If you open the context menu on the Activity row the following commands appear Use commonly The selected activity shares the machine with other activities Use exclusively The selected activity uses the machine exclusively 137 Project specific machinery Usage Project 1 Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help c 7 4 45 e 25 e ICP 4 4 i 09 10 11 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 30 0 04 05 5 5 ES E 0 1 0 1 E1 01 Project planning and oversight O A123 100 19 25 414 050 00 11 12 01 1 machine 1 9 25 29600 00 0 1 lo 1 memes software development planning 06 M Nr Project Machine name Code Priority Utiliz X Eff
150. all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project It lists activities you can select from 2 Mark the check boxes of the activities in the column number you want to select 3 Click on the button Finish Note e You can Click on the button Select all activities to mark all activities at a time 211 Identify machine types from machine allocation If you have allocated real machines to activities without having previously allocated machine types you can identify the required machine types from the machine allocation In order to identify machine types from machine allocation do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Identify machine types from machine allocation The dialogue box Identify machine types from machine allocation Step 1 of 1 Selection of activities opens Lc O ES Nr Name Completed Duration Start Finish 2 Project planning and oversight 251100000 0812101500 v1 software development planning 0 16 2511100800 26 11 10 17 00 v 2 system test planning 0 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 mle end 0 0 08 12 1015 00 08 12 10 15 00 713 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 v 3 1 software installation planning 0 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 v 3 2 software transition planning 0 17 3011101600 02
151. ame 3 Click on the button OK 154 Variance analysis A variance analysis helps you quickly identify differences between actual and budget The table and the diagram shows you and highlights all parameter deviations from actual and budget In order to do a variance analysis do as follows 1 Select a previously saved baseline to which the actual status of the project should be compared Select the menu item Project Project properties Note You can save any number of baselines in the project This allows you to document your changes to the project on the one hand and provides you with the opportunity to analyse your project after its completion and use this information for further projects 2 Activate the tab General and choose the preferred baseline from the drop down menu Baseline 3 Click on the button OK The selected baseline is being loaded for the comparison 4 Select the menu item View Variance analysis The Variance analysis opens Rillsoft Project port1 rpj 01 Project planning and oversight ca eye i File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 8 x se wa vid 5 9 B I tu ot Data Date 02 12 10 20 00 December2010 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 LJ Nr Name D Start Finish Costs T F S S M T W T F DS 6 MITIWI TIF 3040 00 software development j lanning
152. ame of the category you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored category ranks 6 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 7 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 8 Click on the button OK Note 182 e You can search for project categories in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 183 Set and adjust project status Rillsoft Project allows you to flexibly summarise the project status in groups In order to set and adjust the project status you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Project status Resource Pool E Calendar 2 Employee 4 Materia Machine ll Machinery Project Categories 7 Project Status Fitter 3 3 New Group NewintheGrup impot Epot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Group Code Name Notes Group in progress Code Name Notes e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Group You can enter a particular status into this row column Name More status levels can be entered directly into the succeeding empty row in
153. ation Effort 240 person hour Duration 40 hour amp Blo 9 BEER 2 9 4 180 PS Rr FI Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 2010 Ei ee Nr Name D Start Finish 15 s su T w r r s s w wh fr AHEL 5 a1 01 Projectp 78 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 inning and oversight 11 software dev 16 25 111008 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning 12 systemtestp 31 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 mam SYStem test planning E13 subproject1 44 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 13 1 softwareinst 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 132 softwaretran 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 13 3 following and 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 16 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 2 02 Establish 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 02 Estab 24 software eng 40 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 j software engineering environment 22 somwaretest 16 0212100800 03 1210 17 00 23 software dev 21 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 24 sofwaredev 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 software evel 25 non delivera 15 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 17 00 0n deliv Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 4 Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml 96 amp General ee Matera f
154. ays the changes in time of the projects 9 pP Rillsoft Project The following projects added to resource pool l 101 Project planning and oversight 2 02 Establishing a software development environment 303 System requirements analysis Deviations can be determined in Variance Analysis view e Manual switching of project resource to resource pool In order to have the portfolio accept projects with significant differences in resources they must be opened separately and you can switch from the project resource to the resource pool by help of the menu item Project Switch to resource pool Edit portfolio You can use the following three buttons to do the following Select all projects All projects from the list that share a common resource pool are included in the project portfolio Add a directory searches a new directory for projects Add a file adds single projects to the list Select the projects you want to include in the project portfolio If you want to enter other projects in the list click on the appropriate button to either add a directory or file The projects shown in the list can be sorted along the following parameters Project name Code Category Priority Status Start of project Finish of project File names The selected order is then accepted by the project portfolio views from the bar diagram to the break even chart are available for the project portfoli
155. ber Code Unit price Calendar Non working days Name of group Name Notes Costs within the project Efforts within the project Start of assigment 12 Finish Employees Employee shows resource employees Date Finish of assignment EmployeeTask shows information on activity for selected employees Employee 1 Id 2 Code 3 Cost 4 Calendar 5 Holiday 6 EmployeerRole 7 Team 8 Name 9 Notes 10 TotalCost 11 TotalVolume 12 Start 13 Finish Material TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date e Material shows resource material MaterialTask shows information on activity for selected materials Material 1 Id 2 Code TEXT TEXT ID Number Code Unit price Calendar Non working days Name of group Name of group Name Notes Costs within the project Efforts within the project Start of assigment Finish of assignment ID Number 289 3 Cost 4 Group 5 Name 6 Notes 7 Metric 8 TotalCost 9 TotalAmount 10 Start 11 Finish Machine types NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date Unit price Name of group Name Notes Measurement unit Costs within the project Used quantity within the project Start of assigment Finish of assignment MachineRole shows resource machine type MachineRoleTask shows information on activity for selected machine types MachineRole 1
156. break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Role utilization Human Resource Capacity Leveling with additional resource diagram mg Rillsoft Project trpp LIBB Portfolio IIT E File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e x Blo 06050 2 9 5 9 ID I er a Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 27 28 29 30 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 09 5 5 wr Project Role Code Priority Effort Totalcost Shortfall 8 5 21 01 Projectplanning and overs O A123 100 397 2368000 92 23 lt 11 001 programmer CH 107 535000 29 27 Js 16 Bee alee ee ee 9 11 003 programmer V Basic 20 1000 00 2 2 2 2 2 13 000 manager 54 3240 00 05 25 45 4 105405405 H 2 16 02 Sleeper 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3 20 01 Think 8 8 8 8 8 m15001 analyst 113 791000 44 39 18 erp g laz 02_Establishing a software de 100 540 28710 00 201 37 la d Bis se ole 03 System requirements anal 100 361 21320 00 46 13 L5 5 25 6 5 6 2540 5 40 5 40 5 11 001 programmer Ce 114 5700 00 11 0037 programmer V Basic 30 1500 00 32 2 42 42 2 13 001 manager 46 276000 5 11 05 05 5 4 405205905 405 4 14 001 designer 61 3660 00
157. byempbyees k Name 11003 programmer 15001 system analyst 16001 support Empbyees k Name 2102 Consider 11 003 programmer V Basic 05 01 2011 07 012011 21 00 hour qualification testing Roles k Name Numbe Utilization 11001 C programmer 1 100 15001 system analyst 1 100 16001 support 1 100 07 01 2011 12 012011 28 0 hour system qualification testing Foles k Name Numbe Utilization 14001 sym designer 1 100 15001 system analyse 1 10 16001 support 1 10 07 01 2011 12 012011 21 00 hour software configuration Roles k Name Numbe Utilization 11001 programmer 1 100 11003 V Basic programmer 1 100 13 01 2011 19 012011 2400 hour software product evaluation Roles Roles are identified byempbyees Numbe Utilization 11 001 C programmer 1 100 13 001 manager 1 100 14001 sytem designer 1 100 15 001 system analyst 1 100 Empbyees k Name Utilizaton 2002 Think 15 001 analyst sstem 100 1901 Fast 11 001 programmer C 100 2 of 10 printed on Tuesday 22 March 2011 16 52 Note e The general report without empty subprojects looks similar to the general report Any empty subproject that might exist in the project schedule will not be considered for the reporting Activity list with percentage of completion 1 Select the menu item Tools Reports Project schedule 2 Select the option Activity list with percentage of
158. c Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 250 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 251 Manual selection of project category In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Manual Resource Selection Ga Teams 104 Employees 1 Diff iiy Machine Types 2 Dif Machines 1 Dif 21 Project Categories 1 Dif Project Status 1 Diff Project resources Notes 11 01 strate
159. cEDOrtrollOx 89 Open Project portfollo 2 eEuXavckARcra EUREN EERVENYAEEEXRE 91 Cross project linkS E 93 PROJECE VIO 96 100 Context menu in the Gantt diagram 2 2 100 Variance analysis 5 2 IH cits ERA REDE XRERYXCMARAD teeta RVRNERRYNZNRRADAR AE 104 Context menu the view Variance 104 uou debes 106 Context menu the view Network diagram 106 Gantt network asas eges 108 Context menu in the view Gantt network 108 Resource histograma saisie Ea a a aa a 110 Context menu in the view Resource 110 ROIGHUS FOC DER 111 Context menu the Role usage 27 22 20 012 111 Project specific role usage 113 Context menu in the view Role
160. cally the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Manuelle Ressourcenauswahl E EX Kalender 1 Abw 10 Abw Mitarbeiter 14 Abw 49 Material 3 Abw Bl Maschinenarten 5 Abw Projektressourcen Nr Materialgruppe Code Materialart MaBeinheit Einheits Preisande Noti 11 001 Hochbau Transportbeton Transportbeton B 5 KS 0 32 HOZ m3 122 00 11 003 Hochbau Transportbeton Transportbeton Bil B25 KP 0 32 HOZ m3 133 00 11 004 Hochbau Transportbeton Transportbeton Bil B25 KR 0 32 HOZ m3 133 00 ESCORT eae n ne D ES Besmourerped in noe Aus allen Projektvorgangen Ressourcenpool Filter Hochbau Transportbeton Transportbeton B 5 KS 0 32 HOZ 35L Ausgewahlte Zeilen Nr Materialgruppe Code Materialart MaBeinheit Einheits Preisande Noti In order to manually align the project employees with the materials contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the material you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool material Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool material with the project re
161. ce Payment period Receipt of payment Completed percentage Which personnel resource is assigned Measurement unit of the labour output Norm of labour output Completed quantity Quantity of labour output Open quantity of labour output Whether an own calendar defines the activity 271 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 272 PrimaryCalendarPlan PrimaryStartFact PrimaryStartPlan ShapeTypFact ShapeTypPlan MaterialCostFact MaterialCostPlan MachineCostFact MachineCostPlan TotalCostFact TotalCostPlan NotesFact NotesPlan UserFieldiFact UserFieldiPlan BOOLEAN BOOLEAN BOOLEAN NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT Start of activity with start of shift Object type project activity Material costs Machine type costs Shared costs Notes User defined fields Table structure Reports that can be opened by selecting the menu item Tools Reports e project schedule e project resources e resource pool refer to the corresponding tables 273 Tables for project schedules The file directory Rillsoft Project Reports Scheduler Ist You can view the structure of the report in the menu item View Window Table structure T U EL Designer C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Rep
162. ces in resources The first row shows the entries from the resource pool the second row the project resources 237 P E Choice of Project Resources and Resource Pool 1 MN 04 40 0220 Use resource pool Replace resource pool project resources via code rm Manual resource selection Calendar 1 Diff d Roles 1 Diff Employee 1 Dif 8 Machine Types 2 Diff 8 Machinery 1 Diff Nr Name Sunday Monday Tuesday Wedne Thursday Friday Saturday Exceptions Notes EU Standa 08 00 12 0 08 00 12 0 08 00 12 0 08 00 12 0 08 00 12 0 5 days and 4 h Week 1 Standard 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 5 days and 4h Week The tab Calendar indicates the differences between the project resources and the resource pool The first row shows the entries from the resource pool the second row those from the project resources Use resource pool If you choose this option the resource pool will be used Replace project resources in resource pool through Code If you choose this option the deviating project resources of the resource pool will be corrected Manual selection of resources Choose this option to manually select for each of the deviating item 1 Take a minute to decide which of the following options you want to use for your work a Choose the option Use resource pool to use the resource pool b Choose th
163. ch as hours or days Intervals can only be defined in absolute time estimated duration including non working time such as 10 hours or 2 days Intervals can have 1 positive such as 2 hours or 2 negative such as 50 overlapping signs Highlight link 94 Links can be highlighted by means of colour or boldface Create cross project link New cross project links can be created with Rillsoft Project with RIS in the portfolio only In order to create a new cross project link do as follows 1 2 3 Choose the link type via the appropriate icon buttons in the tool bar Desribe a connection by drawing your mouse from one activity of a project to another activity from another project Choose the interval type for the link in the Properties window If wished enter the delay positive or negative by which you want to delay the to acticity depending on the selected type of link If you have entered a delay click on the button OK Alternatively You can link activities in the diagrams via the context menu 95 Project views Rillsoft Project provides about 14 views You can toggle between the different views by doing the following Click on the name of a view in the tab Views B8 Ritso Project room File Edit View Project Tools Window Help L7 e 24 Name software engineering environment Fixed Dur
164. characters in the prompt field Change text and display of bars Quite often the document looks differently on the screen than when in the print preview You can do the following In order to Enlarge the text in the activity or resources table e Select the menu item Tools Global settings Font e Click on the field table and select the font that fits you best In order to Vertically enlarge the bar diagram Select the menu item View Zoom vertical View as PDF file In order to print as PDF file you need to install a PDF printing device such as Adobe Installer or a free program Prepare a view for printing see above Select the menu item File Print Define an available PDF printing device in the dialogue Print above the list field Name 233 234 Click OK WRillsoft dellFax Rillso ft del Lexmark 7520 PS3 Wrillsoft dellSamsung CLP 550 Series PS HP LaserJet 4050 Series PS Print report You can print reports of the e Project schedule e Project resources Print project schedule 1 In the menu item Tools Reports Project schedule choose one of the options from the list of general reports and activities 2 In the dialogue window Filter you can 1 01 Project planning and oversight E Hide completed activitie 1 3 subproject 1 202 Establishing a software development environment _ View only overloaded 303 System requirements analysis J Offer only used resources to select PO 3 O 33
165. clusively The selected activity uses the machine type exclusively 135 Machinery Usage Rillsoft Project 1 Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help o e 30 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 Machine name Code Utiliz Effort Total cost machine 1 9 25 29600 00 software development planning 100 2 6400 00 software installation planning 100 475 15200 00 software planning following and updating plans 25 8000 00 tn 2 2 2 software development planning 2 4800000 Gg Software development planning system test planning 100 388 93000 00 Gis 5 5 test planning software transition planning 100 4 13 99000 00 Stare transition planning software engineering environment 5 120000 00 software engineering 4 Leveling E Material Requirement F Project Material Usage G Machine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage Machinery Usage lt 4 Name C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Activities Resources Properties 23 Team Staff Resource Pool Nr Machine name Code Working group team Machine group Machine type Costs Notes Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Applications for the view Machinery Usage Display of the project s demand for machine
166. company in the field Entry Enter the date the employee has left the company in the field Leaving Enter the non working days of the employee job trainings workshops etc into the field Non working days Note The non working days entered here will be added to those defined in the team Example for a definition of non working days 18 03 05 22 04 05 25 05 05 08 06 05 17 06 05 Select the team which you want the employee assign to in the drop down list Working group team Select the role which you want to assign to the employee in the drop down list Role qualification Enter a different value for the calculated productivity of an employee in percent in the field Productivity Enter a different value for the calculated hourly rate of an employee for instance from the role definition in the field Costs After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a new unit price per hour of the employee into the field Cost adjustment If you like enter a note into the field Notes Click on the button OK Assign additional roles teams costs and productivity to one employee If you want to assign a different role along with its different cost rate to an employee do as follows 1 Enter the different value into the row of the employee directly below no asterisk in the corresponding column Caution Take care that you do not define this employee in another row which features an asterisk
167. ct UseNotesPlan TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT Calendar Code Costs Name of team Productivity Non working days ID Number Name of working group Notes Resource costs Resource effort Utilization Notes for a team within an activity 283 TaskMachineRole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 284 Id Code CostFact CostPlan Group QuantityFact QuantityPlan MetricFact MetricPlan Name NotesFact NotesPlan ResourceCostFact ResourceCostPlan ResourceVolumeFact ResourceVolumePlan ShareIDFact ShareIDPlan UtilizationFact UtilizationPlan UseNotesFact UseNotesPlan TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT ID Number Code Costs Name of group Quantity of resources Measurement unit Name Notes Resource costs Resource effort Shared machine types Utilization Notes for a machine type within an activity TaskMachine 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Id Code CostFact CostPlan MachineRoleFact MachineRolePlan Name Note
168. ct schedule Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e x 3g a ga esui ec amp os 9 5 9 8 E 09 P 5 December 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 tg V Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 s s uir w r r Code Utiliz Effort Total cost 8 9 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 machine 1 A435 74 29600 00 118 8 168 machine 3 0 0 00 gt Leveling E Material Requirement F Project Material Usage G Machine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage Machinery Usage x E 12 0001 Activities E Resources Properties 23 Team Staff Nr Project Duration Start Finish Machine type v 1 2 01 Project planning and 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 13 01 machine 2 71 1 01 Project planning and ov 16 2511100800 26 11 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 11 32 01 Project planning and ov 33 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 7 2 1 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 7 14 01 Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 10 12 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 1 33 01_Project planning and ov 20 07 12 10 14 00 1012100900 13 01 machine 2 7 32 03 System requirements an 27 0912101100 14 12 10 15 00 13 01 machine 2 E Only assigned activities V Only activities with aatching role Resource Pool File
169. ctronic systems without written permission of the authors Disclaimer The content of this manual is not an exact description in the legal sense and are no subject to product liability The authors reserve the right to make changes to the software without notification However we cannot assume any liability for the correctness and completeness of the content of this manual In order to be able to offer you the best possible product and service we are always open to criticism information and suggestions regarding this product Trademarks Rillsoft is a registered trademark of Rillsoft GmbH product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their owners Introduction Rillsoft Project 5 3 is a high performance software tool for project management assisting you in project scheduling project monitoring project controlling project management and the optimisation of resource utilization Rillsoft Project 5 3 provides the following functions for all project stages e In Project scheduling and Time scheduling Rillsoft Project 5 3 allows you to do the following o Scheduling personnel resources in the form of roles teams employees flexibly recording of roles by different levels of qualification with grades cost rates defining teams by capacity and costs per hour assigned employees recording employees by assignation to several teams simultan
170. cts by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Check the calendar of employees Context menu in the view Project specific employee usage e Expand collapse all employees Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse detailed views of all employees e Show maximun per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources per day week etc e Show average per time unit The average required number of personnel resources per day week etc 121 122 Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc Show utilization in percent per time unit Shows the daily or weekly total utilization of employees in percent instead in employee hours employee days Group by employees Shows the total effort for each of the employees that is without the separation into their different role qualifications Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one employee in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The utilization of employees is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort employees All displayed employees can be sorted along number name
171. d duet Example 5 man hours F Festlegen Status Set Late Activity on Data Date Storage location for project settings Resources Optimization Workplace V Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 lt lt Baseline Not select X Delete In the project Resource Pool File CARP Samples emWRillPrj xml Propertis Use Resource Pool Filter is not set e Cut cut the marked activity e Copy copy the marked activity e Fit from activities to the latest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for an earlier time than the marked activity to the latest possible start date e Fit to activities to the earliest possible start dates shift all activities that are scheduled for a later time than the marked activity to the earliest possible start date Shift into subproject shift the marked activity into a subproject Shift from subproject shift the marked activity from a subproject Completed enter the percentage of completion of a marked activity Split split the marked activity into several activities Delete delete the marked activity Properties view the window Properties of the marked activity With a marked subproject you can do the following activities Cut cut the marked activity Copy copy the marked activity Shift into a subproject subordinate the marked subproject to another subproject Shift from a subproject shift the marked subproject from anot
172. d then select the resources such as roles or employees from the window Activity properties in the tabs You may then allocate the required resource correspondingly to allocate activities to a resource First define a resource in one of the Resource utilization views and then select the activities to which the resources you want to assign in the window Resource properties Personnel assignation assistant If you have already defined personnel resources in the project in the form of roles you can semi automatically assign the employees to activities Important A project schedule including activities should have been set up and the required resources such as roles teams and personnel need already to be defined prior to the time of the assignation Allocate resources to an activity Once you have set up a resource pool via the menu item Tools Resource pool and laid out a project plan in the bar diagram do as follows Select the view Bar diagram Choose an activity by either selecting it from the Activity table or leftclicking on it in the bar diagram field The activity will be marked and the information is shown in the lower part of the Properties window Select one of the tabs with the resources such as Roles Teams Employees Machines etc depending on what resource you want to allocate The left table shows resources from the resource pool Doubleclick on one of these resources You can allocate several resources to one ac
173. dates Shift delayed activities to deadline If the project controlling detects that activities are still not 100 complete and they are still not due you can shift these activities to the deadline and so update the project s status Optimise resource utilization most effective distribution of resources so as to prevent from utilization excess and shortfall Delete delete the marked activity Properties views the window Properties of the marked subproject For the diagram field In the diagram field you can mark an activity subproject and do the following Expand collapse all subprojects Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all subprojects New activity creates a new activity at the position pointed to by the cursor New subproject creates a new subproject at the position pointed to by the cursor New subproject from file inserts an already stored subproject of this project at the position pointed to by the cursor New link finish start sets a new finish start link between activities New link finish start without delay sets a new finish start link without delay between activities New link start start sets a new start start link between activities New link finish finish sets a new finish finish link between activities New link start finish sets a new start finish link between activities New incompatible activity group sets a new incompatible activity group link between activities Insert
174. day Tuesday Thursday Friday Saturday Exceptions Notes 1 EU Stan 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 5 days and 4 h Week 2 EU all 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 T Buttons if you want to use the resource pool The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Use resource pool this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool _ e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars S onnenn nanl in manhe mathi Buen hon nalantad mmm Dink mm tha bidtan Add ta rmm nanl ta add thn neninnt rmm ta k In order to align the project calendar with the resource pool you do as follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the calendar you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool calendar
175. de Qualification required field Costs Cost adjustment Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key Sample of an import file Stucco plasterer plasterer Foreman construction 23 007 Stucco plasterer plasterer Stucco plasterer 22 00 Stucco plasterer plasterer Stucco plasterer hand 12 00 Stucco plasterer plasterer Plasterer hand 12 00 Note e You can search for roles in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 169 Set and adjust teams Rillsoft Project provides for a very flexible management of teams You can define teams by means of the assigned employees or via fixed costs and capacities We recommend you defining teams in a way that allows for being administered in groups You may want to define a group for each of the teams individually example Team floor tiler Team carpenter You enter the name of the team and the capacities directly into the group Example Foreman Team early shift Team late shift In order to set and adjust teams you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Teams c Resource Pool Employee 49 Material fi Machine Type fg Machinery 2 Project Categories 74 Project Status Fite 4 4 NewGrop NewintheGroup Import Expot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All
176. e 6 Notes TEXT Notes 7 Team TEXT Team 296 Variables You can view a list of variables in the menu item View Window Table structure CostMetric E DurationMetric Seas 89 69 A MachineRoleVolumeMetric i MachineVolumeMetric ER PeriodFinishTime E PeriodStartTime PersonalVolumeMetric ProjectCategory ProjectCode ProjectCost ProjectDuration ProjectFinish ProjectLabourlntensity ProjectLabourlntensityDone ProjectLabourlntensityUnDor ProjectName s ProjectPriority Fi ProjectStart A ProjectStatus A ProjectUserFieldi 4 ProjectUserField10 ProjectUserField2 i ProjectUserField3 ProjectUserField4 A ProjectUserFieldS ProjectUserField6 A ProjectUserField7 i ProjectUserField8 ProjectUserField9 A ReportSignature SubprojectCategory A SubprojectCode 5 8 SubprojectCost 88 SubprojectDuration 98 SubprojectFinish i SubprojectLabourlntensity m m Designer C Program leAMain Sa a File Edit Project Objects View Deej g o Report structure x 0 50 100 150 re LT De be a exs Sele o i S Report Container 2 S 85 3 Table Subproject ld Name Utilization Cost 29 Table Subproject Subproject2S Z 100 1
177. e check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all roles from the resource pool in the list 4 You can mark the check box Roles and transfer all roles to the view Role utilization Alternatively you can mark only selected roles 5 Click on the button OK 6 Select a role which you want to assign activities to in the table of the view Role utilization The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule 188 Rillsoft Project rppi rpp Portfolio bn File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e x XG 4 5 BP tu December 2010 2 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 j18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2113 M T W T r s s 5 5 5 Role Qualificati Utiliz Effort Totalcost 32 35 56 56 120 128 143 128 133 77 46 42 48 48 46 52 50 programmer Ce 372 1860000 8 9 16 16 32 32 42 32 2 24 4 4 16 16 18 24 2 111 002 programmer PHP 206 7470 00 8 16 16 16 16 20 24 24 24 24 18 11 003 programmer V Basic 106 5300 00 16 16 11 16 16 1 6 8 512 001 writter 0 0 00 113 001 manager 100 6000 00 41181818 131 816 914 001 designer 285 17 100 00 16 16 16 16 32 32 24 24 19 211818116 8 15 001 analyst system 315 22050 00 8 9 16 16 24 24 37 32 32 24
178. e option Replace project resources with resource pool per code to replace the differing project resources data with those of the resource pool Choose the option Manual selection of resources to select manually for each of the deviating item 2 Click on the button OK Note e In selecting resources manually the dialogue Manual selection of resources opens in the next instant For each of the resource items you need to manually enter what you want to do with the differing resources 238 Manual selection of calendar In the event of differing calendars in project resources and resource pool you can use this function to define which calendars you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the calendars with deviations used in a project In the list of resource pools the calendar defined in the resource pool Manual Resource Selection oe ge A Calendar 1 Daf ff Roles 1 Dit amp Employees 1 Dif Machine Types 2 Dii fl Machines 1 Dif Project resources Nr Name Sunday Monday Tuesday Wedne Thursday Friday Saturday Exceptions Notes 1 Standard 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 08 00 12 JA 5 days and 4 h Week Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource Filter Selected rows 2 i Nr Name Sunday Mon
179. e start date e Shift into subproject shift the marked activity into a subproject Shift from subproject shift the marked activity from a subproject Completed enter the percentage of completion of a marked activity 108 Split split the marked activity into several activities Delete delete the marked activity Properties view the window Properties of the marked activity With a marked subproject you can do the following activities Cut cut the marked activity Copy copy the marked activity Shift into a subproject subordinate the marked subproject to another subproject Shift from a subproject shift the marked subproject from another subproject Split activities into places rooms several activities which are displayed only as a common output as would be the case with imported GAEB files can be split along any criteria so as to allow for the creation of appropriate subprojects Assign employees to activities assigns selected employees to selected activities Reassign employees from activities reassigns selected employees from selected activities Set earliest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the earliest possible start dates Set latest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the latest possible start
180. e used resources click the button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool e The time of use will be calculated automatically 52 Check links In order to check links activate the tab Links in the window Activity properties Properties 8 A a 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour 72 General Roles 23 Teams 2 Employee i Material Machine Machinery 25 Link Format User Defined Fields 27 Notes Predecessor Successor Incompatible activities Link type Nr Name Dur Link type Nr Name Dur Nr Name Finish to Start 2 system test planni 31 Startto Start 22 software transito 17 Finish to Start 23 following 10 EZS From activity The left table shows you all link types of the from activities along with the corresponding number and description of the activity To activity The table in the centre shows you all link types of the to activities Incompatible activities The right table shows you all incompatible activities 53 Define format You can define the bar labelling and colour for activities and subprojects at your convenience In order to define the format do as follows 1 Activate the tab Format in the window Activity properties Properti
181. ection of deviations from schedule and fact by help of a progress line You can use the variance analysis to do the following e Edit activities and subprojects from the actual plan e Change the timescale Note e The first row lists the properties of the scheduled activities and subprojects while the second row lists the properties of the required activities and subprojects Parameter deviating from the the baseline are marked in yellow Context menu in the view Variance analysis For the table of activities Mark a row activity or subproject in the table of activities Once you have marked an activity you can do as follows Expand collapse all subprojects Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all subprojects 104 Search searches for an activity or subproject within a project If you simply enter the first letters of the activity or subproject name into the open window the searched activity will be marked in the search list e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram For the diagram field In the diagram field you can mark an activity subproject and do the following Expand collapse all subprojects Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all subprojects Search searches for an activity or subproject within a project If you simply enter the first letters of the activity or subproject name int
182. ed 21 software engine 40 180000 40 soriman cuore l 24 software develo 126 5670 00 126 p a 14 02 Diligent 4 8 8 887 4 21 01 Consider 4 8 8 7 i4 11 003 programmer V Basic 106 5300 00 27 2596 1 36 42 4 13 001 manager 100 6000 00 5 5 215 DM 14 001 designer 244 14640 00 64 26 15 001 analyst 310 21700 00 127 4196 24 6 LEAD EXE hour J Filter 8 Assigned roles Resource Pool Role Qualification Coss Role Qualification Quantity Utiliza Effot Notes programmer Ce 50 00 programmer PHP 3 100 126 programmer PHP 4500 7 programmer V Basic 50 00 Report writter 30 00 manager 6000 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set If the scheduling of roles and machine types is completed the view Capacity alignment personnel helps you estimate whether there is sufficient personnel capacities to execute the project or where potential bottlenecks may occur The Capacity alignment personnel is determined by the number of employees their qualifications time of employment and place of work project subproject The Capacity alignment personnel not only shows the number of the required hours and days for employees and roles but also indicates ecxess and shortfall supply minus demand contingency Moreover the view Capacity alignment personnel helps you detect employees that match t
183. eek1 53 Coefficient Cost Time 1 Id 2 Code 3 Cost 4 Rank 5 Name 6 Notes ReferenceTeam 1 Calendar 2 Id 3 Code 4 Cost 5 Group 6 Name 7 Notes 8 Productivity 294 NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC Date TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT All weeks of the year Proportional coefficient Changed costs Date of change ID Number Code Costs Qualification Name Notes Calendar ID Number Code Costs Name of group Name of team Notes ID Number ReferenceEmployee 1 Calendar 2 Id 3 Code 4 Cost 5 Efficiency 6 Name 7 Notes 8 EmployeeRole 9 Team 12 WorkStartDate 13 WorkFinishDate ReferenceMaterial 1 Code TEXT 2 Cost NUMERIC 3 Group TEXT 4 Id TEXT 5 Metric TEXT 6 Name TEXT 7 Notes TEXT ReferenceMachineRole 1 Code TEXT 2 Cost NUMERIC TEXT Calendar TEXT ID Number TEXT Code NUMERIC Costs NUMERIC Productivity TEXT Name TEXT Notes TEXT Role TEXT Team Date Entry date to the company Date Leaving date Code Costs Group ID Number Measurement unit for materials Name Notes Code Costs 295 3 Group TEXT Group 4 Id TEXT ID Number 5 Metric TEXT Measurement unit for machine types 6 Name TEXT Name 7 Notes TEXT Notes ReferenceMachine 1 Code TEXT Code 2 Cost NUMERIC Costs 3 Id TEXT ID Number 4 MachineRole TEXT Machine type 5 Name TEXT Nam
184. egative value for instance indicates that more employees with this role and qualification are required Preferred and assigned teams Mark the check box Preferred and assigned teams to use the assigned teams as an additional filter for the list of employees The list of employees will show you then only those employees that belong to assigned teams Available employees The table in the centre lists you depending on the fil settings teams roles and entries in the field filter all employees defined in resource pool and available for being assigned to current activities ter the Enter a string value into the field Filter to show only certain employees search via employee name and code or enter two dots have already been used by the project in order to view the employees that On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness Availability percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the participation of the employee in other activities of the project Mark the check box Check availability in current portfolio in order to take the employee utilization in other projects that are part of the last opened portfolio into account You can view the content of the portfolio by leftclicking on the blank space in the bar diagram and selecting the tab Port
185. elect the font of the objects 260 Adjusting the colour of the different objects fi Global Settings ae a K Genera sze A Fon ES Linien j XML SOAP gt Directory 99 Extras oem m Subproject Critical path a Costs debit is Non working days Sx holidays vacation Completed percentage Resource Histogram Background color of subproject line int ivities tabl demand capacity Here you can choose the colour in which the objects will be displayed um Select the colour of the objects 261 Adjusting the line type of the different objects Global Settings Genera Size Font Color E Linien Ej 2 SOAP C Directory 59 Extras End4o start link line Calendar power E Det Subproject line Start4o start link HH Solid line Ruler line f Dot End4o end link line Gantt Network line f Dot Startto end link line Date line Incompatible group End time line Positive reserve L JjSoiid line Negative reserve line Here you can select the line types for the individual projects Select the line type of the objects 262 Adjusting the XML settings for the presentation of the project in the internet intranet p Global Settings IK Genera
186. elp e x 3g t d i dA S 5 S RB 8 5 cS 89 6 Data Date 02 12 10 20 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Nr Name Effort Duration Start Finish a og s M t SS ME 1 software development 48 16 03 124008 00 06 12 10 17 00 aro development planning 2 systemtest planning 124 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 eee o gt planning a3 subproject 1 271 75 30 11 10 16 00 14 12 10 10 00 3 1 software installation p 152 38 03 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 15 00 3 2 software transition pla 99 33 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 08 30 3 4 following andupdatin 20 20 09 12 10 15 00 14 12 10 10 00 4 commissioning test 120 40 06 12 10 08 00 10 12 10 17 00 5 end 0 0 14 12 10 10 00 14 12 10 10 00 4 1 Gantt Chart lt 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Employ D x 4 Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Remove M si Favortes i Project Dashboard 1 Portfolio Dashboard _ Activities Project Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Completed 2 Complete 26 Duration Difference Started 2 Reserve 328 hour 1 software development planning 16 12 25 Yetto begin 4 4 commissioning test 40 84 3 1 software installation planning 38 1225 8 3
187. ent environment _ View only overloaded 3 03 System requirements analysis J Offer only used resources to select Name f r B ag Consider 11 003 programmer V Basic Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific H subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources in the mcum You can use the filter to define the information you want to have on display in the diagrams The following filters are available Project subproject Reporting period filter Show only overloaded resources Offer only used resources for selection Role filter Team filter Employee filter Material filter Machine type filter Machinery filter Determine filters 148 1 In the menu Project select Filter and click on the icon button Filter Fin the Project bar 2 Mark the according check box 3 Select the required resource from the drop d
188. eous assignation to several roles with different qualifications costs and stages of productivity independent determination of non working days holidays sickness assigning employees on the basis of their roles and qualifications by help of an assistant program entering the output of activities pit 180 m3 displaying the activity effort ba entering employee days such as 5 ED describing and administering the required materials and machines applying several calendar for the individual resources and a flexible scheduling being supported by the project portfolio evaluating excess and shortfall of personnel resources supply minus demand contingency using subprojects and WBS codes to structure the project viewing the project details from different perspectives publishing the project schedulings in the intranet internet in the XML format optimising the resource utilization of the project to guarantee a well balanced employee utilization and machine load e For Project monitoring and Analysis of project execution Rillsoft Project 5 3 offers the following updating the project by recording the percentage of the completion of the activities providing a variance analysis which matches the parameters such as time costs and resource utilization of the budget to those of actual quickly detecting deviances of budget from actual by means of a progress line and a baseline controlling the project financing e For
189. er 71 32 software transition planning 01 Project planning and ov 28 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 11 00 11 001 programmer 11 3 1 software installation planning 01 Project planning and ov 38 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 11 001 programmer 21 software engineering environment 02 Establishing a software 40 0212100800 08 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer lt El Ony assigned activities _ Resource Pool File CARP Samples emRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the Role usage Display of the project s demand for resources in the form of roles Resource allocation from the perspective of roles Calculation of the utilization of every single role Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single role Visualisation of the assignation of roles within activities You can use the Role usage for the following Assign selected activities to a role Analyse the role utilization by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the Role usage Expand collapse all roles Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all roles e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc e Show average per time unit The average required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc e
190. er the Start date and Finish date of the project in the tab General in the field Due date In the drop down list Project calendar select the calendar you want to use for the project Click on the button OK Open project In order to open a project also projects in XML format do as follows 1 Select the menu item File Open The dialogue Open appears 2 Select the preferred project file 3 Click on the button Open 13 New project from template In order to work with templates you first need to save a project by selecting the menu item File Save as template In order to create a new project from a template do as follows Select the menu item File New from template Select the preferred project file in the appearing window Click on the button Open The dialogue Select activities from templates opens IT DI HN Start 30 12 10 08 00 B For all activities change Duration 77 v Scale factor 1 Name Start Finish Deliverable 02 06 08 08 00 09 01 09 10 00 Initiation 02 06 08 08 00 05 06 08 12 00 Prepare proposal for event and budget 02 06 08 08 00 04 06 08 17 00 Hold kick off meeting 05 06 08 08 00 05 06 08 12 00 Planning 00020520200 Event Location 05 06 08 13 00 24 06 08 15 00 Identify potential locations 05 06 08 13 00 19 06 08 12 00 Prepare notes on locations 19 06 08 13 00 20 06 08 12 00 Choose location 20 06 08 13 00 23 06 08 12 00 Reserve location 23 06 08 13 00 24 06 08 12 00 Sign
191. erenceCalendarExeption Non working days in the calendar 3 ReferenceCostExeption Changes to costs 4 ReferenceEmployeeRole Roles 5 ReferenceTeam Teams 6 ReferenceEmployee Employees 7 ReferenceMaterial Materials 8 ReferenceMachineRole Machine types 9 ReferenceMachine Machinery You can view the structure of the report in the menu item View Window Table structure Designer CAProgramDataRillsoft Project 5 3 Reports Reference Employee Moth lst File Edit Project Objects View 5 8 Report structure x X X 8 t 5 Report Container Table ReferenceEmployee 129 Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep E Table ReferenceEmployee e fff Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep E Table ReferenceEmployee 129 Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep E Table ReferenceEmployee Es Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep E Table ReferenceEmployee Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep 2 9 Table ReferenceEmployee oL Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep 2 29 Table ReferenceEmployee Table ReferenceCalendarExeption ReferenceEmployee2ReferenceCalendarExep 4 25 m epo Example of the report s structure f
192. ers 9 Format User Defined Fields 9 Doa gt Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time rn m Time step Start 07 03 11 00 00 Category Priority 15 minutes Finish 280313 0000 2 Notselected 19 Duration Status in workdays 8 hours workdays Not selected Y Effort 2n nn n workdays 8 hours workdays Data Date 07 03 11 00 00 Baseline Not selected Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Applications for the view Project specific material requirement material Assign selected activities to a material Project specific display of the demand for materials Resource allocation from the perspective of resources Project specific calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single e Visualisation of the allocation of materials to activities output for activity 5 man hours Storage location for project settings Workplace In the project Use Resource Pool You can use the view Project specific material requirement for the following e Project specific analysis of the material requirements by help of filter settings e Change the timescale e Quick access to the resource pool Filter set 3g tis 9s st o c gt SED vi3 45 m e 509 ke 4 Data Date 07 03 11 00 00 IE 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
193. es E A E 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour 5 General Roles 2 Teams 2 Employee 4 Material Type Machinery Hy Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes Bar labelling Bar color Fields Name vname 2 gt Color Type Position Content Activity Top left 1 ECI 9 p Activity Bottom lef 3 9 2 m emm Activity Bottom right 8 o pem E I Report You can use the field Bar labelling to define the bar labelling of activities and subprojects 2 Select the variables you want to integrate into the labelling from the list Fields 3 The field Type shows which of the objects activities or subprojects will be labelled 4 The field Position shows the position of the labelling 5 The field Content shows the content of the labelling Depending on the preferred position place the cursor in the corresponding content field 6 Enter either the labelling or select a predefined field from the drop down list Fields and press the button gt You can use the field Bar colour of activity to define the bar colour of the activity 7 Select the colour you want to use fo the activity 8 Click on the button OK 54 Fill in user defined fields In order to fill in user defined fields do as follows 1 Act
194. es In order to create resources in the resource pool select the menu item Tools Resource pool In order to create and adjust project resources select the menu item Tools Project resources Here you can e adjust and edit existing resources e create new resources e import resources from a text file 162 Create new resource pool file You find the resource pool in the file RillPrj xml in the Rillsoft Project data directory You can create a new resource pool and define as many resource pools with the required variation as you need Close all projects before creating a new resource pool e Select the menu item File Close to close all projects e Select the menu item Tools Create resource pool file e Enter a name for the new file xml in the opening dialogue window Subproject Subproject from File Finish to Start Finish to Start without Delay Start to Start Finish to Finish Start to Finish Incompatible Group of Activities Reports Resource Pool Project Resource Select Resource Pool File Integration Server Resource Pool Select Integration Server Resource Pool Import Integration Server Resource Pool Export Global Settings Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Nr Neue Ressourcenpool Datei erstellen Ressourcenpool verwendet Filter nicht gesetzt Note The name
195. es Role qualification V programmer C janalyst 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration Employee i Material Machine Machinery 2 Link Oy Format c User Defined Fields z Notes 34 hour Filter X 5 Assigned employees Resource Pool Role quali Prod Name A Roe P Uti Gf 68 Tidy 100 100 programmer 100 34 Sleeper 100 0 programmer 100 Eager 100 100 programmer Report 4 m Check availability in current portfolio Utilize resources to the maximum Assigned roles Mark the check box of a role in the list Assigned roles in order to use this role as additional filter for the list of employees The list of employees shows you only those employees who have the appropriate roles and qualifications The column Quantity utilization effort contains the required number of employees whose utilization and effort meet the demands of the role This column is deactivated by default If you want to unhide it please refer to Details The field Balance contains the dynamically calculated difference between the requested effort for a role and the summarized effort of the already assigned employees with the same role and qualification This serves as support during the controlling of the required assignations of employees A n
196. es of the scheduled activities and subprojects BUDGET while the second row lists the actual properties of the activities and subprojects Parameter deviating from the the baseline are marked in yellow 155 Note Detailed information as to the variances can be obtained by marking the activity in the table and selecting the corresponding tabs in the window Project properties Progress line of the project A progress line displays deviations of the due dates that ocurr between the actual project status and the selected baseline and can be looked at in the view Variance analysis Ideally a progress line accords with the highligted due dates and runs vertically across the variance analysis A progress line running left from the due date indicates a delay in the course of the project A progress line running right from the due date on the other hand indicates that some activities of the project will be completed earlier than scheduled In order to visualise the progress line of a project selct one of the following menu items e View Show progress line for start dates e View Show progress line for finish dates 156 Control of project financing In order to evaluate the financing of the project you do as follows 1 Open an additional break even chart for the bar diagram in the menu item View Additional break even chart illsoft iB File Edit View Project Tools Window Help a x JD At 4 Ba gt BB 9 gt REGO a a a
197. esource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Ted x 4 Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Remove Favorites Project Dashboard Porfolio Dashboard EN elete Marke Delete All View Zoom Notes 1 Employee Usage Days 1 1 2 Team Usage Weeks 1 3 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 2 Select the tab Favourites 3 Toggle between the listed favourites by using doubleclicks You can delete either all favourites or only the ones that are marked by clicking on the buttons Delete marked or Delete all 28 Portfolio overview The portfolio overview shows projects that have been last opened in the portfolio In order to view an overview of the portfolio do as follows 1 Leftclick on the blank space in the bar diagram or any other view The project s window Object properties appears in the lower part of the program window B se he File Edit View Project Tools Window Help a tJ d B a c c ae s BRED January 2011 LOL D Start Finish 5 s M subproject 1 64 30 12 10 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 1 1 task 1 24 30 12 1008 00 03 01 11 17 00 12 task2 40 04 01 11 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 1 3 task 3 26 04 01 11 15 00 07 01 11 17 00 task4 43 31 12 1009 00 07 01 11 12 00 Data Date 30 12 10 00 00
198. ettings for the Rillsoft Integration Server RIS 264 Adjusting the directories for reports projects and templates 265 Adjusting the views and several object 266 Report NEP 267 2 PR IEPRREIURTIQMA MIRI 268 273 Tables for project schedules ee aat nee ERE Dese suya Dear 274 6 hls EU 287 Mea iSc RHONE DOCU amend 288 0 M NM 289 Mate ali Ee RE EE E EE EE 289 Machine types ic te 290 Mediae 291 Tables for resource dd d dob qid b dob ee Qu o IRE Qe nb wor dst 292 Lege edt 297 Legal notice Rillsoft GmbH Mollenbachstrasse 14 71229 Leonberg Phone 49 0 7152 395745 Fax 49 0 7152 395744 Email info rillsoft de Copyright 2011 Rillsoft GmbH Report Print Module List amp Label Version 12 0 Copyright combit amp GmbH 1991 2008 All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form by photocopy microfilm or any other procedure or stored processed multiplied or distributed using ele
199. ew unit price per hour and machine into the field Price adjustment 9 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 10 Click on the button OK 180 Resource Pool 5E Calendar Roles Teams 2 Employee Material Machine Type fa Machinery E Project Categories EX Project Status Fitter 3 3 NewGrup NewintheGrup Import Expot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Machine name Code Working group team Machine group Machine type Unit pice Price adjustment Notes machine 1 12 001 Rotate machine Klopp 400 00 machine 2 13 001 Milling machine 3000 00 machine 3 12 001 Rotate machine Kopp 350 00 12 01 Machine Name machine 1 Code Team Machine type 12 001 Rotate machine Klopp Unit price 400 S perHour Price adjustment Notes e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Machine name You can enter a particular group type into this row column Machine group machine type More material types can be entered directly into the succeeding empty row in the column Machine group machine type This copies the group automatically Note If you want to change the group name you will need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over by the already created types Cada Ontianal Entar a enacifie uelis inta tha ea
200. ference to subprojects The loads of machines is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project e Sort machines All displayed machines be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total load Total load for all machines in the project per day week etc e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machinery e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Machinery If you open the context menu on the Activity row the following commands appear Use commonly The selected activity shares the machine with other activities Use exclusively The selected activity uses the machine exclusively 139 Capacity alignment machines Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e x o v 3 RE NP S i E December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2L TES S I SM IEEE EET 511 TNI Nr Machine g Effort
201. folio overview 10 Doubleclick on the entry in the central table to assign this employee to the activity 47 Properties E E General Roles 25 Teams Employee 4 Material Machine Type Machinery 22 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields Notes 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour Assigned roles Filter X 5 Assigned employees Resource Pool Role qualification Availab Role quali Prod Name 0 A Role Ui E V programmer C 0 Tidy 100 100 programmer 100 Think 100 200 analyst 100 100 34 analyst 0 Sleeper 100 200 programmer 100 Slow 100 0 program 10 100 34 Eager 100 100 programmer 100 _ Eager 100 0 program 100 100 34 Report ann 3 ann apo Prefered and assigned teams V Check availability in current portfolio Utilize resources to the maximum 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Notes 48 Assigned employees On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness Availability percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the participation of the employee in other activities of the project as well as the
202. follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the role you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool roles Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool role with the project resource role Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful C Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 252 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 253 Manual selection of project status In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list
203. from machine allocation do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Identify machine types from machine allocation The dialogue box Identify machine types from machine allocation Step 1 of 1 Selection of activities opens Lc O ES Nr Name Completed Duration Start Finish 2 Project planning and oversight 251100000 0812101500 v1 software development planning 0 16 2511100800 26 11 10 17 00 v 2 system test planning 0 31 2511100800 30 11 10 16 00 mle end 0 0 08 12 1015 00 08 12 10 15 00 713 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 v 3 1 software installation planning 0 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 v 3 2 software transition planning 0 17 3011101600 02 12 10 17 00 3 3 following and updating plans 0 10 0712100900 08121011 00 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e The activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project It lists activities you can select from 2 Mark the check boxes of the activities in the column number you want to select 3 Click on the button Finish Note e You can Click on the button Select all activities to mark all activities at a time 71 Improve presentation of the project In order to enhance the readability of a project do as follows Unfold collapse all subprojects Numbe
204. gic strategic Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource pool Filter strategic strategic Selected rows 1 Group Code Name Notes 11 01 strategic In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Buttons i e Use resource this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars mmm nanl in manhe nathi nalantad Dink an tha bidtan Add ta rmm nanl ta add than neninnt rmm ta In order to manually align the project roles with the roles contained in the resource pool file you do as
205. h copies the group name automatically m Note To change the name of the group you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored team types 6 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 170 10 11 12 13 14 From the drop down list Calendar select the calendar that should apply for this team If you have not selected a calendar the program searches for a valid calendar in the following order Activity calendar and project calendar Enter the non working days of the team job trainings workshops etc into the field Non working days Note Example for a definition of non working days 18 03 05 22 04 05 25 05 05 08 06 05 17 06 05 Select the option according to which you want to calculate the capacity and costs of the team in the drop down menu Capacity type o Fixed For own naual fixing of capacity and costs in the columns Capacity and Costs Note This option is only applicable in the event of the definition of a team through capacity and costs per hour without having assigned employees to the teams If you combine employees to teams we recommend you using one of the following options Optimistic The calculation of capacity and costs is done on the basis of a higher level of productivity and the corresponding cost rates of each of the employees o Real The calculation of capacity and costs is
206. hart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage 8 Employ lt Resource Pool File CARP Samplesy emWRillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Alternatively You can open an additional diagram in the diagram field of the context menu command Additional resource diagram Application of the additional resource diagram e Visualisation of of the resource utilization of a project e Analyse the resource utilization by help of filter settings You can open an additional resource diagram in the following views Bar diagram Bar network diagram Role utilization Team utilization Employee utilization Capacity alignment personnel Machine types Machinery Capacity alignment machines 146 Additional cost chart Select the menu item View Additional break even chart soft 19 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help J 8 x 8 J d B a 5 3 e ae v 4 IE SR RE BF IS s 1 Data Date 08 03 11 00 00 Duration Start Finish E11 stage 1 112 08 03 11 08 00 25 03 11 17 00 11 start 37 08 03 1108 00 14 03 11 14 00 12 task1 31 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 12 00 13 task2 28 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 0900 14 task3 36 21 03 11 13 00 25 03 11 17 00 5 1 0 28 03 1108 00 28 03 11 08 00 26 stage 2 40 28 03 11 08 0
207. he same resources opens 18 Activities that use Shared Resource Shared resource 12 001 Rotate machine Start 31 12 10 09 00 30 12 10 08 00 04 01 11 08 00 04 01 11 15 00 07 01 11 12 00 03 01 11 17 00 10 01 11 17 00 07 01 11 17 00 Note From the list select which of the activities you want to share the machine type mm germ From the list of activities select the ones that should share the machine type Click on the button OK The selected activities are entered into the column Activities Click on the button OK You can reduce the drop down list of machine types by entering a string value of the group name the name or code into the field Filter The view Machine types tab Project properties shows each of the shared machine types separately The table of the selected commonly usable machine types shows each of the shared machine types separately 19 Define machinery that be shared Machinery that can be shared can be used by predefined activities simultaneously without the need to increase the entered number of machines Here costs are not distributed to the individual activities they are calculated as a whole and for each of the activity separately Example 1 shared machinery Scaffolding is defined as a shared resource and will be used for several activities such as window installation or facade plaster In the event of timing conf
208. he printing of the project Select the menu item File Page view After having checked the print preview click on the button Print Header and footer 232 1 2 3 Select the menu item Project Project properties In the window Project properties select the tab Header and footer Click on one of the six text boxes to which you want to add the information and enter a text Alternatively you can add texts and graphics such as Logo Picture from the clipboard You can also add project details from the drop down menu Fields Click on the button OK Left Center Top Right Top Text Samples Text Samples Text Samples Left Button Center Button Right Button Text Samples Text Samples Text Samples Properties EJ Project2 E General Prefered Team Shared Machine Types ll Shared Machinery 77 Headers and Footers 2 User Defined Fields Extemal project name Times New Roman 12 proj C Bold Frame Top Underlined V Bottom Signature Trail rtf EVALUATION VERSION Rillsoft Project E Mail info Q rillsoft de 4 m Edit the view you want to print In the text field you can define the type and size of the font You may also remove entries from headers footers by deleting the string of
209. he requirements of the demand Employees whose employee hours days are in boldface have already been assigned to this activity If they are displayed in both boldface and red colour you have an assignation conflict which means that the employee has been assigned to several activities at one time You can use the Human Resource Capacity Leveling to do the following e Detect overloaded resources as well as the scale and cause of this event View the working capacity for each of the resource role e Calculate the numbers of work hours that have been assigned to the individual employees e Determine the time the employee is available for additional assignments Context menu in the view Human Resource Capacity Leveling Expand collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all resources 123 124 Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc Group by roles Presents the qualifications belonging to a role in one row with total utilization Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one role in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The resource utilizati
210. her subproject Split activities into places rooms several activities which are displayed only as a common output as would be the case with imported GAEB files can be split along any criteria so as to allow for the creation of appropriate subprojects e Assign employees to activities assigns selected employees to selected activities Reassign employees from activities reassigns selected employees from selected activities Set earliest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the earliest possible start dates 101 Set latest possible start dates This command is active only for subprojects with fixed start and finish dates and shifts all activities in the subproject to the latest possible start dates e Shift delayed activities to deadline If the project controlling detects that activities are still not 100 complete and they are still not due you can shift these activities to the deadline and so update the project s status e Optimise resource utilization most effective distribution of resources so as to prevent from utilization excess and shortfall e Delete delete the marked activity lt lt Properties view the window Properties of the marked activity For the diagram field In the diagram field you can mark an activity subproject and do the following Rillsoft Project 8 File
211. ia Machine Type Machine S Unk 9 Format 5 User Defined Feds gt Notes Due date Activity calendar Calendar list used in the activity Date Completed 0 mw Calendar Empl Sh Sou or ao 1 Standard 40h Bhour come os Finish 081210 17 00 Y 13 01 Tidy Sb Fanny F Invoice amount 0s F Fx F Disregard team and employee calendar 19 02 Fast Sub TE Start of activity only at first shift 14 02 Diligent Sub Tem of payment 0 work day Mark as milestone C Merge into one line E Receipt ___ Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Select one view in the menu item View Views H Rillsoft Project rpp T 08 File Edit View Project Tools Window 1o x HH 9 Show Time Reserve SEED va 2 4 5 Da e 955 ou gt Show the Critical Path Y December 2010 Show Progress Line over Start Date 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ig Nr Show Progress Line over Finish Date T F s s u w T r s s u E W AAE s u v w v 5 1 Project planning and oversight B1 Show Designations 44 software development planning 2 Show Relationship mem Sys lesi
212. iew For this you can use the page view function which shows either a single page or several pages in a small scale of depiction Project details can however not be edited in the page view modus You can use the menu item File Page view to define the print settings Among others you can fit a project schedule to one or several pages by entering the preferred number of pages in Scale and marking the check box Fit to page size Print Preview Microsoft XPS Document Writer X Properties Status Ready Typ Microsoft XPS Document Writer Location XPSPort Comment Print area Copies All Number of copies 2 Pages from 1 22 Marking pages Margins mm Page summary Left ight V Page numbering Top o 2 V Cutting marker Scale 7 Scaling on 1 horizontally and 1 vertical sides Fit to page size Options in the dialogue window Print Field It shows the currently active printing device and a few Printer informations regarding the printer You can use the list field Name to set another printing device as the currently active The button Properties can be used to change the general Windows printing settings of the printer After pressing the button a printing prompt unhides where you can select the format and paper orientation You can close the prompt window by pressing OK 230 Field Fit to paper Field Number of
213. ign employees to activities you need to first assign personnel resources in the form of roles In order to semi automatically assign employees to activities you do the following 1 Select the menu item Project Assign employees to activities The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 1 of 3 Selection of employees opens Employee assignment Step 1 of 3 Choice of Employes 2 Nr Name Code E mail Calendar Week Role qualification Pro Costs Notes v 13 001 East 40hour 100 7 14 01 Diligent 40hour 86 67 11 003 programmer V 100 0 00 v 14 02 Diligent 40hour 86 67 11 002 programmer PHP 100 0 00 7 19 01 Fast 40hour 100 11 001 100 0 00 v 19 02 Fast 40hour 100 11 003programmer V 100 0 00 v 11 001 North 40hou 100 v 17 01 Eager 40hour 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 v 17 02 Eager 40hour 100 11 001 100 0 00 v 13 01 Tidy 40 96 67 11 001 programmer C 100 0 00 v 13 02 Tidy 40 96 67 11 003programmer V 100 0 00 v 12 001 South 4 hou 100 7 18 01 Slow 40hour 100 11 001 programmer C 100 0 00 v 14 001 West 40hour 100 v 16 02 Sleeper 40hour 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 v 16 01 Sleeper 40hour 100 11 001 programmer C 100 0 00 v 20 02 Think 40hour 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 v 20 01 Think 40hour 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 7 21 01 40hour 93 33 11 00
214. ilter is not set Machine Types Usage Alt G _ Project specific Machine Types Usage Alt H Machinery Usage Alt I Project specific Machinery Usage Alt J Machinery Capacity Leveling Alt K Project specific Machinery Capacity Leveling Alt L Cost Chart Alt M Which of the project views do you want to have on display in the tab In order to define which of the project views should be shown in the tab do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Global settings Advanced 97 Globale Einstellungen 1 S S S SI S S ST Teamauslastung projektspezifisch Auf dieser Registerkarte k nnen Sie Einstellungen vornehmen welche Registerkarten in folgenden Bereichen dargestellt werden sollen e Ansichten Wahlen Sie aus dieser Auswahlliste Ansichten aus die im unteren Bereich des Ansichtsfensters auf der Karteileiste gezeigt werden sollen Vorgang Eigenschaften Wahlen Sie aus dieser Auswahlliste Vorgangseigenschaften aus die als Registerkarten im oberen Bereich des Vorgangseigenschaftenfensters gezeigt werden sollen Projekt Teilprojekt Eigenschaften Wahlen Sie aus dieser Auswahlliste Projekt Teilprojekt Eigenschaften aus die als Registerkarten im oberen Bereich des Projekteigenschaftenfensters gezeigt werden sollen 2 Mark the check box of the views you are interested in in the block Views Alternatively You can toggle among the different views by means of a shortkey 98
215. ing buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool employee Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool employee with the project resource employee Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful c Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 244 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 245 Manual selection of materials In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automati
216. ion Choose this option to calculate the effort for the activity and the resource utilization with the duration of the activity remaining unchanged if possible You should choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known duration of the activity The labour effort of the resources would then be automatically calculated o Fixed effort Choose this option to calculate the duration of the activity and the resource utilization with the effort remaining unchanged You should choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known activity effort for activity roles The activity duration would then be automatically calculated o Duration Enter the default value for new activities o Disregard team calendar and employee calendar Mark this check box if the team calendar and employee calendar should not be regarded in new activities o Start of activity only at first shift Mark this check box if the start of activity is permitted to begin only at the first shift Field Identify activities subprojects through o Unique number Choose this option if the activities and subprojects should be identified through a unique number o WBS code Choose this option if the activities and subprojects should be identified through a sequential number e Unhide help Mark this check box to unhide the help desk for all objects 257 258 Shift deadline to current date Mark this check box to have the deadline auto
217. ion If this check box is not marked all resources inthe mcm enm 3 Remove the tick of the check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all teams from the resource pool in the list 4 You can mark the check box Roles and transfer all teams to the view Team utilization Alternatively you can mark only selected teams 5 Click on the button OK 6 Select a team which you want to assign activities to in the table of the view Team utilization The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule 191 Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio LU File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 4 Analysis 3 Network Diagram a X 56 9 4 05 a v3 5 Y December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 a 5 5 5 5 5 5 Working group Utiliz Effort Total cost 8 8 878 11 002 North 0 0 00 112 001 South 0 0 00 9 13 001 East 40 0 00 8 8 8 14 001 West 0 0 00 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project specfic Role Usage 8 Team Usage lt E 11 001 North Code Activities 11 Resources Properties FA Team
218. is is not the password to access RIS e Use proxy server for LAN You can configure Rillsoft Project to make it connect to the RIS via a proxy server Address In this field enter the address of the proxy server Port number Define the port number User name In this field enter the user name to connect to RIS Password In this field enter the password to connect to RIS 264 Adjusting the directories for reports projects and templates Global settings A IK General Size Font Color Linien 5j 23 SOAP Reports C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Reports C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Templates C ProgramData Fillsoft Project 5 3 Projects C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios You can use this tab to set the directories for reports projects and templates You can use this tab to adjust the directories for reports projects and templates Reports Select a directory for the reports Templates Select a directory for the templates Projects Select a directory for the projects Portfolios Select a directory for the portfolios 265 Adjusting the views and several object properties Global Settings upon Geno E Coor ES E Daon 2 Bam Views Gantt Chart Variance Analysis Network Diagram Gantt Network Chart Resource Histogra
219. is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool role with the project resource role Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful C Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 240 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 241 Manual selection of teams In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter
220. ities activity Incoming project Displays incoming projects activities activity Start Shows where a link starts Finish Shows where a link ends Reserve Shows the interval between the outgoing and incoming positions in absolute time 93 Delay Release Displays the value of the released interval Delay Calculation Displays the value of the calculated interval Red colouring signals that there is a discrepany between the released and the calculated delay Set to automatic Click this button if all calculated delays should be automatically aligned with the released delays Types of links The following link types are at your disposal Finish Start the from activity must finish before the to activity can start A Start Start the from activity must start before the to activity can start Finish the from activity must finish before the to activity can Finish finish Start Finish from activity must start before the to activity can finish You can unhide the Properties window of a link by doubleclicking on any link Properties e Link Predecessor 1 1task 1 Color Default Farbe Cancel Successor 12task 2 1 Unk ype 5 O mE pm Derete to tat O gt dm Intervals Intervals can be defined in Project properties in relation to the time unit of the duration su
221. ities to a material in the view Material requirements 199 Assign activities to a machine type in Machine type utilization 201 Assign activities to machines the view Machine utilization 204 ASSIGN employees to activities 2 2 2 7 207 Identify roles from the assignation of employees 211 Identify machine types from machine allocation 212 Optimise a project ERE ER Y EUER E PEERS ERE YE ee ee 213 qu Wr E E AETA E R E E EEE 215 REPON sh asa E at aries auta reu eua elewt n 216 Generate sii ccn up DERE ERA 217 Edit report 2 cii eire ie niox aC oit I octo ni hosted 218 Reports available for project schedule 220 Reports available for project resources 223 Reports available for resource pool 224 dudes i 229 Print E 230 PRC Ic Mec 232 Print report taeda aan een nents 235 237 Appendix A Shift to resource
222. ivate the tab User defined fields in the window Activity properties Properties a 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour General Roles 2 Teams 2 Employee 4 Material Bl Machine Type fb Machinery Link 9 Fomat r5 User Defined Fields 7 Notes Name Text 2 Enter the text of your choice 3 Click on the button OK Note e You need to define the Name of the user defined fields first in Project properties 55 Enter notes amp links You can use this tab to enter notes attach links to the activity and link the activity with document and graphic files You can use the following key words for links http for hyperlinks https mailto ftp news gopher telnet file for document and graphic files You may proceed as follows 1 Activate the tab Notes links in the window Activity properties Properties 4 a 31 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour 29 General Roles 22 Teams iio Employee S Material Machine Type Machinery 2 Link 9 Format User Defined Fields gt Notes file CAMarketing Vertrieb Prospekt pdf 2 Enter the text of your notes 3 Or enter the keyword and file name along with the path such as file C MyMarketing Prospekt pdf Double i
223. j xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Application of Gantt diagrams Visualisation of of the scheduling of a project Visualisation of the structure of a project Visualisation of the contingency reserve Quick access to the properties of activities and subprojects You can use the Gantt diagram for to do the following Create and edit activities Link activities Create and edit subprojects Edit the structure of a project Change the timescale Check contingency reserves Check resource utilization by help of filter settings Context menu in the Gantt diagram For the table of activities Mark a row activity or subproject in the table of activities Once you have marked an activity you can do as follows 100 Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio ore 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help x 4 amp BB 9 S RE a Pa v 9 9 RI BE a T December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 f 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 0 Start Finish WOES PEST TEES PSI 5 01 Projectp 78 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 01 Project planning and oversight software dev 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning systemtestp 31 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 system test planning Cu
224. k box Enter working result for activity in the menu item Project Project properties in Project properties 4 Enter the quantity of labour as measured in the predefined measurement unit into the filed Quantity 5 Enter the measurement unit of the amount of labour such as m3 load into the field Measurement unit 6 Enter the norm in man hours required for the completion of a measurement unit in the field Norm The following three fields will only be available if you have marked the check box Enter effort for activity in the menu item Project Project properties in Project properties 7 Fixed duration Choose this option to calculate the effort for the activity and the resource utilization with the duration of the activity remaining unchanged if possible You should choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known duration of the activity The labour effort of the resources would then be automatically calculated 8 Fixed effort Choose this option to calculate the duration of the activity and the resource utilization with the effort remaining unchanged You should choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known activity efforts for activity roles The activity duration would then be automatically calculated 9 Fixed effort amp duration Choose this option to calculate the quantity and utilization of resources on the basis of the constant effortand constant duration This option
225. k to the file 3 CARP Samples _ 1 QUO G RP_Samples _en xml portl xml AR sie Favorites 6 Vorgeschlagene Sites Web Slice Katalog Samples enxmh porti xml te v Pagev Safetyy Tools e 01 Project planning and oversight Ressourcen Alle November 2010 December 2010 Numer Name Anfang Ende Kosten 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 1 software development planning 25 11 10 26 11 10 0 9 440 00 mmm E12 system test planning 25 11 10 30 11 10 0 100 440 00 1 programmer 1 550 00 2 designer 3 720 00 1 analyst 2 170 00 machine 2 93 000 00 software installation planning 5 07 12 10 23 940 00 Ga 2 programmer C 3 800 00 1 manager 2 280 00 1 analyst 2 660 00 machine 1 Klopp 15 200 00 software transition planning 30 11 10 06 12 10 105 270 00 m cm cam cum cm cam mme following and updating plans 07 12 10 10 12 10 i 9 000 00 commissioning test 06 12 10 10 12 10 120 000 00 1 programmer PHP 0 00 1 writter 1 designer Diligent programmer PHP 1 end 10 12 10 10 12 10 368 090 00 jB Computer Protected Mode Off Note e You can create a stylesheet of your own see description on the website or adjust the one included in the delivery to you
226. ks between activities if you want to link the split activities with each other Mark the check box Show in one row if you want to have the split activities displayed in one row The list shows the split activities Split from the completed part This command is activated if a part of an activity has been completed In this event the split date will be shown in brackets An activity is split into two activities the first is 100 completed the second has not yet started Split at the first shift You can choose among the various due dates in the list which mark the start of the succeeding shifts Split in the event of multiple assignments This function is activated if two or more activities are executed at a time and more than one of these activities have been assigned one and the same resource In order to prevent from multiple assigments of aone resource you can split one activity before the start of the other activity You will find the program offer you automatically the possible dates 58 Split activities into places rooms In order to split activities into places rooms do as follows 1 Select the menu item Split project activities into places rooms r Split Activities for aci paces tep 1 of 2 aces Spaces Seta 59 2 Enter the places rooms you want to later display as subprojects into this list You can use these places rooms to also split activities in the next
227. l 2 Size Font Cobor unen 42 XML 2 SOAP 2 Drectoy Encoding UTF 8 Stylesheet http Acsl rillsoft de v5 rillpri xsl Schema You can use this tab to adjust the settings for the saving of the project in the XML format so as to publish project data in the internet intranet for instance e Encoding From this list choose the coding for viewing the XML file in the browser Stylesheet In this field enter the path of the stylesheet you want to use for the display of the XML file e Schema ls currently not supported by default but can be applied on demand You can use this tab to adjust the settings for the saving of the project in the XML format so as to publish the project data in the internet intranet for instance Coding From this list choose the coding for viewing the XML file in the browser Stylesheet In this field enter the path of the stylesheet that you want to use for the display of the XML file Schema Is currently not supported by the Standard but can be applied on demand 263 Adjusting the SOAP settings for the Rillsoft Integration Server RIS Global Settings SOAP 25 Directory Extras Timeout 60 s HTTP Authentication User name Proxy Server F Use a proxy server for your LAN Adresse User name Password You can use this tab to arrange the settings for working with the Rillsoft Integration
228. l Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Alternative 1 You can use the mouse to draw an activity open in the diagram This way start date and finish date as well as activity duration will be defined at the same time Alternative 2 You can create an activity via the diagram field of the context menu In order to create a new activity in any position do as follows 1 Rightclick on the spot in the bar diagram where you want to place the created activity 2 From the context menu choose the command New activity 30 Edit activities In order to edit any parameter of an existing activity do as follows 1 In the diagram click on the activity whose parameter you want to edit 2 Activate the required tab in the window Properties and make the changes Properties es A 2 Name task 4 Code Fixed Effort 43 person hour Duration 43 hour C Roles Teams d Employee 49 Matera Machine B Machine Link 9 Format User Defined Notes Due date Activity calendar Calendar list used in the activity ae fx ZEE NEL T ECL ux x omplet E Date Time Project Calendar 5 E3 remm Employee We Shift Sou Te 5 09 EP ni Stat 311210 v 09 00 Category Priority 40h Shour B Fixed costs 0s nn Not selected 100 enc 2 Finish 07 01 11 12 00 In 0s IP n E Disregard team and employee calendar EU UE E Start
229. l need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over the already created qualifications e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Entar tha nama of tha minlifinantinan inta thie fiald 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Role Now enter a specific role in this group into the row column Qualification You can enter more qualification ranks in the empty row below in the column Qualification which copies the group name automatically mo Note To change the name of the role you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored qualification ranks 168 6 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 7 Enter the costs per hour into the field Costs 8 After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a new unit price per hour and role into the field Cost adjustment 9 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 10 Click on the button OK Import export of roles Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields ID Role required field Co
230. les 2 Teams arp Employee amp Material B Machine Type 4 Machinery 5 Link Dy Format 2 User Defined Fields Notes Fiter X 2 Assigned machine types Machine groups Machine type Costs Machine groups Machine type Quantity Utiliza Notes Rotate machine 0 00 Rotate machine 1 100 p Miling machine 0 00 Available machine types The left table shows you all the machine types defines in the basic resources 2 Enter a string value into the field Filter to show only certain machines search via the machine group type and code or enter two dots in order to view the machine types that have already been used by the project 3 Doubleclick on the entry in the left table to allocate this machine type to the activity Allocated machine types The right table shows you the machine types already selected for the activity Enter the number of machine types required for this activity into the field Number Enter the machine type utilization of this activity into the field Utilization Enter notes that might be crucial for the machine types in connection with the activity into the the field Notes 7 Click on the button OK SUI Notes e You can adjust the layout of the columns of both tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust e Inorder to have quick access to the used resources click on the
231. licts of the the activities using the resource the number of the required scaffold is not added up but remains constant on the level of the defined number Example 2 separately used machinery allocated to activities A special drilling machine is allocated in the activity properties as machine used for several activities In the event of a timing conflict of activities using the resource the number of the required machines will be added up In order to define a shared machine do as follows 1 Activate the tab Machinery that can be shared in the window Project properties Properties es Project2 Code E General 2 Preferred Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 24 Headers and Footers 2 Format User Defined Fields Exemal Assigned machine types Filter X 1 Assigned machine Resource Pool Machine group Machi Ba Nr Machine Machine group Machi Machine name Machine group M Uti Activities No V Rotate machine 0 12 01 machine 1 100 Rotate machine machine 1 Rotate machine 100 11 12 Preferred teams Check availability in current portfolio L Doubleclick on a machine in the left table to define it as a shared machine Enter the Load of the required machines into the table to the right Cklick on the button in the column Activities The dialogue Activities using the same resources opens AUN 20
232. link do as follows 1 Rightclick on the link you want to delete 2 From the context menu choose the command Delete Alternatively You can quickly delete an existing link by clicking on the blank space in the diagram with the right mouse button pressed down and strike out the link ES 41 Enter activitiy properties In order to define the properties of an activity do as follows 1 Mark the activity whose properties you want to enter The window Object properties opens Properties 4 2 Name task 4 Code Fixed Duration Effort 43 person hour Duration 43 hour E General Roles Teams ia Employee i Material Bi Machine Machinery 2 Link 9 Format 2 User Defined Fields Notes Due date Activity calendar Calendar list used in the activity Coni 0 x Date Time Project Calendar amp E3 Nr Calendar Employee We Shift Sou Stat 211210 09 00 2 Category Priority mm RIS Fixed costs 0s Nase 100 d Financing Finish 07 01 11 12 00 222 i 0 Disregard team and employee calendar gt Report Fx of payment 0 work day Start of activity only at first shift Receipt Mark as milestone Merge into one line 2 Enter the activity name in the field Name 3 Enter the activity code in the field Code The following three fields will only be available if you have marked the chec
233. liumn Cada ta avehanan data with athar annlieatiane Import export of machinery data Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields e ID Machine name required field e Code e Working group team e Machine group machine type required field Measurement unit e Unit price e Price adjustment e Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key Sample of an import file Construction machines Dredgersz Demolition dredges Caterpillar Pcs 32 00 s Construction machines Dredgers Backhoe loaders Bobcat Pcs 34 003 zZ Construction machines Dredgers Chain dredgers Akermannz Pcs 44 00 s Construction machines Dredgersz Chain dredgers Atlas Pcs 245 003 3 Note e You can search for machine names machine types or the code of a machine in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 181 Set and adjust project categories Rillsoft Project allows you to flexibly summarise project categories in groups In order to set and adjust project categories you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Project categories 2 Peet Ss 5E Calendar jf Roles 2 Teams 2 Employee Material Machine Type
234. m Role Usage Project specific Role Usage Team Usage Project specific Team Usage You can use this tab to define which of the tabs should be shown in the following views Views In this drop down menu select the views that you want to have on display on the register bar in the lower part of the window Activity properties In this drop down menu select the activity properties you want to have on display as tabs in the upper part of the window Activity properties Properties project subproject In this drop down menu select the properties of the project subproject you want to have on display as tabs in the upper part of the window Project properties You can use this tab to define which of the tabs should be shown in the following views e Views In this drop down menu select the views that you want to have on display on the register bar in the lower part of the window Activity properties In this drop down menu select the activity properties you want to have on display as tabs in the upper part of the window Activity properties e Properties project subproject In this drop down menu select the properties of the project subproject you want to have on display as tabs in the upper part of the window Project properties 266 Report structure For working with reports Rillsoft Projekt provides two types of structure e Shape e Tables The variables a
235. m me v 4 nm Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 1 amp P Bu ai S V January 2011 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Nr Name D Start Finish w ri r s s 5 5 5 5 5 511 subproject 1 64 30 12 10 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 subproject 1 1 1 task 1 24 30 12 10 08 00 03 01 11 17 00 m 25 1 12 task2 40 04 01 11 08 00 10 01 11 17 00 task 2 13 task3 26 04 01 11 15 00 07 01 11 17 00 task 5 2 task4 43 31 12 10 09 00 07 01 11 12 00 A 0 mI Task 4 4 X 1Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage ITea D 4 2 Name task 4 Code Fixed Duration Effort 43 person hour Duration 43 hour Due date Activity calendar Calendar list used in the activity um m Project Calendar vj Nr Calendar Employee Shit Sou Stat 311210 09 00 gt Category Priority FED Enn Fixed costs 0s ss Financing Rnish 070111 1200 5 E Disregard team and employee calendar 5 Report El Fx Tem of payment 0 work day Start of activity only at first shift E Mark as milestone Merge into one line Receipt Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xm
236. mal Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time Project Calend Time step Enter labour output for activity LJ Example 150 2 Start 30 11 10 16 00 Category Priority 15 minutes F 100 Enter effort for activity Finish 08 12 10 11 00 Not selected atio Example 5 man hours Fl Fesi Status in hours Storage location for project settings Not selected Effort Workplace Data Date 25 11 10 00 00 Baseline Not selected 0 9 In the project Resource Pool File CARP_Samples _en RillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Mr 2 Enter the subproject name in the field Name 3 Enter the subproject code in the field Code 4 Mark the check box Define if you don t want to have the start and finish date of the subproject automatically calculated but want to define it manually instead 5 Enter the projective start and finish dates of the subproject into the fields Start Finish after you have marked the check box Define 6 Inthe drop down list Project calendar select the calendar you want to use for the subproject 7 Click on the button OK Note e The field Baseline indicates whether a baseline is being used or not This feature is defined in the main project e The field Time step indicates which interval is being used This feature is defined in the main project 67 Assign activitie
237. matically set to the current date when opening the project Calculation of the contingency reserve Mark this check box to have the contingency reserves of activities automativally calculated when making changes to the projects If this option is deactivated the earliest or latest possible start or finish of activity can not be displayed in the activity table Field Resource diagram o Label Mark this check box to attach the currrent value to the resource bars in the resource diagram o Show details Mark this check box to show the resource utilization in the resource diagram per hour Auto restore Enter the interval for the project backup into this field Undo depth Enter the number of processing steps you want to permit to be undone at the maximum Currency Enter the currency code into this field Links as straight lines Mark this check box to show the links between activities as straight lines Adjust to grid Mark this check box to adjust activities and subprojects to the grid Show weekend Mark this check box to show weekends and holidays in the diagrams Show non working days Mark this check box to show non working days sickness holidays in the diagrams Adjusting the size of the different objects Here you can select the object size for the individual projects Select the size of the objects 229 Adjusting the font of the different objects Select the font of the objects S
238. mm Lt of variables x ota ett cate De GTP o E 8 S t p 29 9 Variables a Report Container 5 sca di E i 2 E Eig Fields N 5 29 Table Subproject Bs eu 3 Table Subproject Subproject2Sub T i Ta Subproject2Sul Subproject Table TaskEmployeeRole Tash 7 Task o TaskEmployee Table TaskTeam Task2TaskTe 1 TaskEmployeeRole i Table TaskEmployee Task2Ta I D py 5 x H TaskMachine 29 Table TaskMaterial Task2Ta B TaskMachineRole Table TaskMachineRole 6 p s ial Table TaskMachine Task2Tas 7 TaskTeam 8 a 9 z e I D Objects Report str Layers Preview o m Properties x i 5 El Design E Separator Ticks True True El Appearance a Default Frame E El Layout amp 7 Show 2 Distance Before 0 0 0 mm gt Page Break Conditi False False o Pagebreak Before False No A m El Line Options E Data Lines uz Footer Lines a Appearance Condition E Appearance condition The object will not be E printed if this condition evaluates to False Ed Layout EX Layout Preview Preview Report Container 16 2mm 10 8mm 197 5mm 277 2mm 181 3mm 266 4mm Basis 219 Reports available for project schedule The following reports have been especially designed for the project schedule General report General report without empty subpr
239. ms for an activity Mark the check boxes of the activities 0 Click on the button OK Ev M Team properties during assignation During assignation you can refine team properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities Readiness of a team Availability of a team Capacity of a team Utilization of a team Effort of a team Notes regarding to a team Selection of activity During this assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities Activities at a specific date You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Team and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time 192 18 File tdi MM7 3 amp Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 35 9 e CD December 2010 25 26 27 28 29 30 v 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 Le 11 002 12 001 13 001 14 001 Working group Utiliz Effort Total cost North 0 0 00 South 0 0 00 East 40 0 00 West 0 0 00 wit 5 5 5 5 lt 4 gt arance Analysis 3 Netw
240. n Project finish Project effort Completed effort Open project effort Project name Project priority Project status Project start User defined fields within the project Signature for printing Subproject category Subproject code Subproject costs Subproject duration Subproject finish Subproject effort Completed subproject effort Open subproject effort 30 31 32 33 34 SubprojectName SubprojectPriority SubprojectStatus SubprojectStart SubprojectUserField1 10 TEXT NUMERIC TEXT Date TEXT Subproject name Subproject priority Subproject status Subproject start User defined fields within the subproject 299
241. n activities to employees who can cover activities at 100 column On call and productivity at 100 7 Repeat Step 6 if necessary You may also click on the button Assign employees automatically 8 Click on the button Finish 209 Important Possible conflicts and overloads are indicated in red and there is no automatic assignation 210 Identify roles from the assignation of employees If you have assigned real employees to activities without having previously assigend roles you can identify the required roles from the employee assignation In order to identify roles from employee assignation do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Identify roles from employee assignation The dialogue box Identify roles from employee assignation Step 1 of 1 Selection of activities opens Employee mapping roles determine Step iof E Choice of Activities p A d Name Completed Duration Start Finish software development planning 16 25 11 1008 00 26 11 10 17 00 v 2 system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 6 0 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 713 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 v 3 1 software installation planning 0 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 713 2 software transition planning 0 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 v 3 3 following and updating plans 0 10 0712100900 08121011 00 This list provides you with
242. n this button to import the data 1 In the column Assignation select a matching name for the specific property of a product from the drop down menu Normally the names are connected to the values in the column Columns 2 Click on the button Finish 84 Export In order to export a project select the menu item File Export MS Project XML allows you to export to MS Project per XML format MS Excel allows you to export to Excel files e XML for Web allows you to export to XML files 85 MS Project XML In order to export a project select the menu item File Export MS Project XML 86 Export to MS Excel If your version of Rillsoft Project up from Standard Version provides a report generator you can determine the columns in Excel 1 Press the button CTRL and select the menu item File Export MS Excel 2 In the opening dialogueDesign report select the file you want to export from the list Design report _ Lookin Scheduler Qa Pp Date modified Type ay Tree I2e 25 08 2008 21 01 L2E File Recent Places Desktop Libraries E Computer File name Files of type Listen 712 3 Click on the button Open 4 The Report generator opens where you can define the content and arrangement of the columns The menu item Overview assists you in the handling of the report generator Note Further info
243. nanl in manhe nathi Been dl mm aalantad mmm Dink an tha bidtan Add ta rmm nanl ta add thn meniant rmm ta o In order to manually align the project employees with the machines contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 In the table Project resources mark the machine type you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool machine types Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool machine type with the project resource machine type Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful C Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 248 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 249 Manual selection
244. neering enviro 100 F 0 00 22 software test environment 100 2 0 00 software test enyironmeat 23 software developmentlibrary 100 35 0 00 Gens Ware development library 25 non deliverable software 100 188 0 00 Guia e 12 001 2 South 5 0 00 9 13 001 2 East 15 25 0 00 14 001 2 West 11 88 0 00 03 System requirements 27 13 90 000 00 24 00 20 00 16 00 12 00 11 8 00 7 Us 8 i ii i i i age 9 Project specific Team Usage D Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Usage 8 4 gram gt 4 Gantt Network Chart gt 5 Resource Histogram gt 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage Application of the view Project specific team usage Display of each of the project s demand for resources in the form of teams Resource allocation from the perspective of teams Project specific calculation of the utilization fof every single team Project specific calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single team Project specific visualisation of the assignation of teams to activities You can use the view Project specific team usage for the following Assign selected activities to a team Analyse the team utilization by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool View additional resource diagram or break even chart Context menu in the view Project specific team usage E
245. ng construction Ready mixed concrete Ready mixed concrete BI B 5 KS 0 32 HOZ 35L m3 122 00 i Building construction Ready mixed concrete Ready mixed concrete BI B 5 KS 0 32 HOZ 35L m33 118 00 z Building construction Ready mixed concrete Ready mixed concrete ZTV K Beton B35 KP 0 32 PZ 45F m3 143 50 z Building construction Ready mixed concrete Ready mixed concrete ZTV K Beton B45 KP 0 32 PZ 45F m3 147 00 Note e You can search for material groups material types or the code of a material in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 177 Set and adjust machine types We recommend you defining machine types in a way that allow for being administrated in groups You may define a group for each of the machine types for instance group lifting david tower cranes Manufacturer and machine or device type are then defined within the group Example Lifting davids Lifting david type 10 to Lifting david type 100 to etc In order to set and adjust machines you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Machine types ER Resource Pool 8 Machine Machinery 2 Project Categories 24 Project Status Fitter 2 2 NewGroup NewintheGroup Expot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All N
246. ng gro Role qualfic Coss Price N Supeman supema 2EUall 01 04 11 19 07 10 2 13 001 manager 100 0 00 E Tidy info Gir 19 07 10 2 11 001 North 11 001 progra 100 0 00 07 11 001 North 11 003 progra 100 0 00 Diligent info co 25 11 10 2 13 001 East 11 003 progra 100 0 00 13 001 East 11 002 progra 100 0 00 LI if 12 01 Name Superman Code E Mail Calendar 2 EU all Begin 01 04 11 Non working days 19 07 10 23 07 10 23 08 10 27 08 10 3 4 April 2011 12 10 Working group Team Mo Di Mi Do Fr Sa So m 113128 9 30 n 112 3 Role Qualification 13 001 manager 444 5 6 7 8 9 10 Productivity 15 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Cost 0 Sper Hour 17 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 1812 3 4 5 6 7 8 Price adjustment C Today 09 03 2011 B Notes e Enter a new employee by clicking the button New group in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new employee name in the column Name Enter the relevant information into the same row of the columns decribd below D e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications e Email Optional In this field you may enter the email address of the employee e Calendar Optional From the drop down list Calendar select the calendar that should apply f
247. ngible means materials and mchines that can be assigned allocated to a project for the execution of activities Ressource pool or project resources In general if you open Rillsoft Project the resource pool is active Name and path of the current resource pool file is shown in the left corner of the status bar The right corner of the status bar indicates whether you use a resource pool or project resource for the opened project Caution If during the opening of the project the resources used by this projects differs from the resource pool the program switches automatically from the resource pool to the project resources For manual toggling between resource pool and project resources there are two commands in the menu bar e Project Shift to resource pool e Project Shift to project resources If for instance the project resources are active the menu item Project Shift to project resources is not available Shift project resources to resource pool If the project resources match the resource pool users do not recognize the shifting from one to the other resource The shifting to project resources does not require the user to take any additional action If during the shifting process to the resource pool there are differences between project resources and resource pool the program issues a list with the deviations Then you can choose between using project resources and resource pool Creating and adjusting resourc
248. ngle days such as Shrove Tuesday Also you can define additional working days 6 Mark the day in the calendar view you want to change 7 Select the option Default if you want to set the change made to a day to its default weekday definition 8 Select the option Holiday if the marked day is a holiday 165 9 Select the option After day if the marked day should be subject to the rules of another weekday For this select the corresponding weekday definition from the drop down menu Note If you change the working times in the weekday definition the working time of this day will be changed accordingly 10 You can select the option Exemptions to define an individual working time for the marked day Note Any changes to the working time in the weekday definition has no effects on this day Note In order to delete a calendar click on the button Delete calendar 11 Click on the button OK Download holidays You can download official holidays for coming years and different states from our server to you program Accept these holodays by clicking on the button Download holidays We recommend the following procedure 1 The dialogue window Download holidays appears m gf Feiertage laden Kalender DE Alle Bundeslander Feiertag Name 7 2008 V 01 01 08 Neujahr 17 06 01 08 Heilige Drei Konige V 21 03 08 Karfreitag 24 03 08 Ostermo
249. ns following 10 07 12 1009 00 08 12 10 11 00 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 02 Establish 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 92 Est software eng 40 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 software engineering environment softwaretest 16 02 12 1008 00 03 12 10 17 00 software dev 21 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 14 00 software dev 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 non delivera 15 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 17 00 software dev m non de lt 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 IE 1 Name 01 Project planning and oversight Code 4 General SS Prefered Team Shared Machine Types fl Shared Machinery 77 Headers and Footers 9 r User Defined Fields Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard Time step Enter labour output for activity Stat 25 11 10 00 00 lt Category Priority 15 minutes Tango Enter effort for activity 081210 v 15 00 Not selected v 19 Duration Example 5 man hours Status in hours Storage location for project settings Not selected z Data Date 071210 00 00 1 Baseline Notselected ms In the project Resource Pool File CARP Samples enWRillPr
250. ntag v 01 05 08 Tag der Arbeit 12 05 08 Pfingstmontag 22 05 08 Fronleichnam 15 08 08 Maria Himmelfahrt v 03 10 08 Tag der Deutschen Einheit V 31 10 08 Reformationstag 01 11 08 Allerheiligen 7 19 11 08 Bu und Bettag V 25 12 08 1 Weihnachtstag V 26 12 08 2 Weihnachtstag vj2009 v 01 01 09 Neujahr V 06 01 09 Heilige Drei K nige V 10 04 09 Karfreitag 13 04 09 Ostermontag 01 05 09 Tag der Arbeit V 21 05 09 Christi Himmelfahrt 4 Wahlen Sie in der Auswahlliste Kalender einen Kalender f r alle Bundeslander oder ein bestimmtes Bundesland aus In der Tabelle sind gesetzliche Feiertage f r einen Zeitraum dargestellt Sie k nnen festlegen ob alle oder einzelne Feiertage f r das ganze Jahr bernommen werden sollen indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren oder die Markierung l schen 2 Select your calendar from the drop dowm menu Calendar such as GER all states 3 You can accept the holidays for the entire year by marking the check box next to the year date such as 2010 166 4 Alternatively you can mark only particular holidays and enter them into your calendar 5 Click on the button OK 167 Set and adjust roles Rillsoft Project allows you to define roles in a flexible way because you can set different quality ranks with graded cost rates for roles We recommend you defining roles in a way that allows for being administered in groups You may want t
251. nter 0 00 19 Auctioneer 00 ox 20 Techie 0 00 Cancel It shows you resources of the type labour from the imported MS Project Define each of the resources according to your requirements which could be role team employee machine type machinery by marking the corresponding check box the column of the table Mark all as If you want to mark all resources at a time click on the corresponding button e Roles all resources are assigned as roles E e Teams all resources are assigned as teams e Employees all resources are assigned as employees e Machine types all resources are allocated as machine types La e Machinery all resources are allocated as machinery It shows you resources of the type labour from the imported MS Project 3 Define each of the resources according to your requirements which could be role team employee machine type machinery by marking the corresponding check box in the column of the table Mark all as If you want to mark all resources at a time click on the corresponding button Roles all resources are assigned as roles Teams all resources are assigned as teams Employees all resources are assigned as employees Machine types all resources are assigned as machine types Machinery all resources are assigned as machinery 4 Click on the button OK 82 Import text file CSV format From the text file you can import the project structure name of ta
252. nverted commas are required when the string value of the file name contains a blank space as part of the text such as file C Marketing Vertrieb Prospekt pdf 4 Click on the button OK Alternatively If you rightclick on the tab field in Notes amp links you can select one of the following commands in the context menu Cut Copy Paste Delete Select All Add a reference to a document 56 Split activities You can get hold of this function via the context menu of the activity In order to split an existing activity do as follows 1 Rightclick on the activity in the diagram field 2 Select the command Split from the context menu and choose one of the following functions 1 into several activities 2 from the completed part 3 atthe first shift 4 in the event of multiple assignments Split into several activities P Split activity in several activities 5 ___ v Remove Effort Measurement Deliverable Effort 746 5 person hour 597 4 person hour 1791 12 person hour 29 85 7 20 person hour 38 81 26 person hour Define the activity parameter according to which you want to split the activities in the field Split into You can choose between the following parameters Percentage Working result Effort Duration Costs The values to be entered into the next field need to be separated by blank spaces Mark the check box Create finish start lin
253. o In the project portfolio you can run all the activities similar to a conventional project that is you can create activities allocate resources correct processes or store outputs 92 Cross project links In the portfolio you can link several projects with each other Important This function is only included in Rillsoft Project with RIS Rillsoft Integration Server and links can only be edited in the portfolio In cross project links succeeding activities are not automatically shifted but the program sets negative intervals instead By help of the menu item Project Cross project links you can check these links and obtain detailed information about them such as occuring delays You can choose whether you want to accept only single or all of the changes you have made to these settings Cross project Links esege am Fe en eus Move Outbound project Activity Incoming project Activity Stat Y Finish Reserve Delay release Delay calculation 1272 2173 09 07 09 11 00 07 07 09 08 00 2 13 0 38 2 13 In the portfolio you can link several projects with each other This option is available in Rillsoft Project with RIS Rillsoft Integration Server only The following information and options are available Shift The calculated delay will be compensated by the approved delay when you click on the check box Outgoing project Displays outgoing projects activ
254. o define a group for each of the roles individually example floor tiler carpenter You enter the qualification and corresponding cost rate directly into the group example carpenter foreman master craftsman apprentice etc In order to set and adjust roles you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Roles t Resource Pool Teams ia Employee amp Material 8 Machine Machinery 23 Project Categories VA Project Status Fitter 6 8 NewGroup NewintheGrop Export Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Role Code Qualification Costs Price adjustment Notes amp programmer 50 00 2 45 00 V Basic 50 00 2 0 writter 30 00 S 1 manager 60 00 designer 60 00 m 11 001 Role programmer Code Qualification C Costs 50 SperHour Price adjustment Notes e Group Create a new group by clicking the button ew group the row that is marked with an asterisk enter new group in the column Role You can enter a particular role into this row column Qualification More Qualifications can be entered directly into the succeeding empty row in the column Qualification This copies the group name automatically 4 Note If you want to change the group name you wil
255. o the open window the searched activity will be marked in the search list e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the bar diagram 105 Network diagram Rillsoft Project Portfolio 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help Bx 3g tis isis e i o 2 9 oe y Sa e B I or Lun E 01 Project pianning and oversight 16 leno 09 00 101210 101210 E 1 subproject 1 1 31 133 sofware instalation pisening toniowing piss 1600 X6 P 1620 2526 eriz10 101210 132 sofware vansition pisnning 0 55 1120 30 11 10 06 12 10 2 02 Establishing a software development 22 23 24 25 25 pu sofware tes enwironment actus non aeliverabie sotware Ens b 9 55 1756 9 55 1200 P 1596 1500 1500 1455 255 1455 021210 031210 06 1210 09 1210 091210 161240 16 1210 20 1210 201210 201210 4 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 lt D Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Application of the network diagram e Visualisation of the technological structure of the project You can use the network diagram to do the following e Create and
256. of the activity o Finish scheduled finish of the activity 6 Click on the check box for the activity you want to assign to an employee for instance because the employee can be on call for 100 of the total activity duration Assignation options are dynamically adjusted Note When assigning we recommend you using the following strategy to avoid overload of resources first assign activities to employees who can cover activities at 100 column On call and productivity at 100 7 Repeat Step 6 if necessary You may also click on the button Assign employees automatically 8 Click on the button Finish 77 Important Possible conflicts and overloads are indicated in red and there is no automatic assignation 78 Save project In order to save a project select the menu item File Save or File Save as Note e Alternatively you can also save a project in XML format For this select the menu item File Export XML for web As File type mark the format Webproject xml 79 Save project as template In order to save a project as template select the menu item File Save as template Note e We recommend you removing all employees from the project by selecting the menu item Project Remove employees from activities e You can create a directory for your templates by selecting the menu item Tools Global settings Directory in the field Templates 80 Import In order to import a project select
257. oftware installation p 38 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 software transition pla 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 following and updatin 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 lowing and updatinc commissioning test 06 12 10 08 00 10 12 10 17 00 commissioning test end 10 1240 17 00 10 12 10 17 00 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage n E Current portfolio CAProgramDataRillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Favorites ij Project Dashboard KT Portfolio Dashboard Activities Project Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Completed 1 Complete 26 Started 3 Reserve 28 hour 1 software development planning Yet4o begin 3 4 commissioning test Resource Pool File CARP Samples emWRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Separation of completed from yet to begin activities 1 Rightclick on the activity and select from the context menu the command Split From completed part Shift delayed activities to the due date current date 1 Setthe due date 2 Enter the percentages of completion of all activities 3 Select the menu item Project Shift activities to due date 159 A sample of a project after being updated 3 Rillsoft Project port1 rpj 01 Project planning and oversight Ets B File Edit View Project Tools Window H
258. ojects Activity list with percentage of completion Activity list with resources General report 1 Select the menu item Tools Reports Project schedule 2 Select the option General report 3 Inthe dialogue window Filter you can 1 Project planning and oversight 7 Hide completed activitie 1 3 subproject 1 202 Establishing a software development environment View only overloaded 303 System requirements analysis Offer only used resources to select Name Me analyst designer manager j 0 0 0 8 writter g Ol East North South West O E3 E3 M V Basic Here you can define which the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources inthe o choose between main project and subprojects o define a report period 220 o add information about project resources gt i 10 Roles Roles are identified
259. on is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Unhide activities Depending on the preferred view you can hide or unhide activities Unhide employees Depending on the preferred view you can hide or unhide employees Sort roles All displayed roles can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Sort employees All displayed employees can be sorted along number name code or cost per hour Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Role utilization Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Role utilization Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling M Rillsoft Project portfolio rpp Portfolio ceu X File Edit View Project Tools Window Help gt ERGO 2 9 5 LR E S a Dec Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 30 01 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 m T E 5 5 M T Ww Nr Project Role Qualifi Effort Bala Shortfall E 457 a er m 25 RU 1 01 Project planning and o 304 Ped OE E C EIS mm mes 82 02 Establishing a softwar 473 151 32 a lara Me CE N
260. on meets the demands of the activity p Assignations are dynamically evaluated and effect on the assignation of succeding activities white assignation possible grey assignation inot possible red assignation possible but timing conflicts occur E e On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within project duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness e Role Qualification role and qualification of the employer e Effort number of required employees for the activity and effort e Start scheduled start of the activity ERAS af thn assign employees This list includes all the selected employees you assign to the selected activities in Step 3 Employees can be assigned to an activity if their role and qualification meets the demands of the activity Assignations are automatically evaluated and have an effect on succeding activities white assignation possible grey assignation not possible as already covered by an employee red assignation possible but timing conflicts occur o On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness o Role role of the employee o Effort number of required employees for the activity and effort o Start scheduled start
261. on working days holidays sickness e Role Qualification role and qualification of the employer e Effort number of required employees for the activity and effort e Start scheduled start of the activity ERAS af thn assign employees This list includes all the selected employees you assign to the selected activities Step 3 Employees can be assigned to an activity if their role and qualification meets the demands of the activity Assignations are automatically evaluated and have an effect on succeding activities white assignation possible grey assignation not possible as already covered by an employee red assignation possible but timing conflicts occur o On call percentage of the possible working capacity of an employee within activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness o Role role of the employee o Effort number of required employees for the activity and effort o Start scheduled start of the activity o Finish scheduled finish of the activity 6 Click on the check box for the activity you want to assign to an employee for instance because the employee can be on call for 100 of the total activity duration Assignation options are dynamically adjusted Note When assigning we recommend you using the following strategy to avoid overload of resources first assig
262. only overloaded resources helps detect overleaded resources It can be used in the views Employee utilization and Machinery utilization Offer only utilized resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources in the mm Remove the tick of the check box Offer only used resources for selection to view all machine types from the resource pool in the list You can mark the check box Roles and transfer all machine types to the view Machine type utilization Alternatively you can mark only selected machine types 5 Click on the button OK 201 6 Select a machine type which you want to assign activities to in the table of the view Machine type utilization The tab Activities in the window Resource properties lists activities from the project schedule Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help e IFP B W 5 December 2010 26 27 28 28 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Machine groups Utiliz X Effort Total cost 9 16 16 32 24 24 29 17 816 13 001 Milling machine 171 513000 00 8 8 8 8 24 16 16 21 16 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 4 Capacity Leveling D Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling E Material Requirement Project Material Usage G Machine Types Usage x 12 001
263. ontext menu in the view Material requirement 128 Expand collapse all materials Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse all materials Display in reference to subprojects The requirements of materials is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort materials All displayed materials can be sorted along number name or code Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a material in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date finish date Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Material requirement 129 Project specific material requirement Rillsoft Project material rpp Portfolio e File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 1 4 o Name Project2 C Human Resource Capacity Leveling gt D Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling E Material Requirement E Project Material Usage lt Code E Generel SS Prefered Team 24 Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 74 Headers and Foot
264. or the monthly employee holiday report 292 This table is a higher ranking table and other tables may be added to the Resource table as lower ranking ones ReferenceCalendar Id Code Name Notes ReferenceCalendarExeption TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT ID Number Code Name Notes You can use this information to print out the holidays of employees 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 Day1 365 Month01 12 MonthDayO1 01 MonthDayO2 01 MonthDayO3 01 MonthDayO4 01 MonthDayO5 01 MonthDayO6 01 MonthDayO7 01 MonthDay08_ 01 MonthDayO9 01 MonthDay10 01 MonthDay11 01 MonthDay12 01 Quarter1 4 01 31 02 31 03 31 04 31 05 31 06 31 07 31 08 31 09 31 10 31 11 31 12 31 NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC All days of the year All months of the year All days of the ist month All days of the 2nd month All days of the 3rd month All days of the 4th month All days of the 5th month All days of the 6th month All days of the 7th month All days of the 8th month All days of the 9th month All days of the 10th month All days of the 11th month All days of the 12th month All quarter of the year 293 16 ReferenceCostExeption 1 2 3 ReferenceEmployeeRole W
265. or this employee The employee calendar is prioritised over the team calendar the team calendar retrieved via the column Team will be ignored If you have not selected a calendar tha namram eaarchae far a ilid ealandar in tha fallauina ardar Taam esalandar ealandar and neninct esalandar 3 Create a new group new employee by clicking on the button New group in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new employee name in the column Name 4 Enter the property of an employee a new role or team membership already in this group in the row columns Working group team and Role qualification You can enter additional properties of the employee directly into the empty row below in the column Working group team and Role qualification while the group description is automatically copied Note To change the name of the group you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored material types 173 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications From the drop down list Calendar select the calendar that should apply for this employee If you have not selected a calendar the program searches for a valid calendar in the following order Team calendar activity calendar and project calendar Enter the date the employee has entered the
266. ork Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project spectfic Role Usage 8 Team Usage xl 4 11001 North Code Activites npe Nr Project Duration Start Finish O Utiliza Effot Notes 7131 01 Project planning and 38 3011101600 0712101400 100 200 F1 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 0912101700 100 200 114 01 Project planning and ov 40 0612100800 1012101700 100 200 r3 02 Establishing a software 28 0712100800 10 12 10 12 00 100 200 23 1 03 System requirements an 19 0712100800 0912101100 100 200 11 3 3 01_Project planning and 20 0712101400 1012100900 100 200 IF Oniy assigned activi Resource Pool File CARP Samples enl j xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 193 Assign activities to an employee in the Capacity alignment personnel Important You already need to have the following completed Set up a project schedule including activities Set up employees in the resource pool and described them with roles e Assigned the roles to the activities In order to assign activities to employees do the following 1 Select the view Capacity alignment personnel 2 Click on a role in the table to unhide employees in the context menu 3 Select the employee to whom you want to assign activities The tab Activities in the window
267. ort Total cost 14 3 0 1 2 1 1 1 1 software development planning 2 48000 00 12 system test planning 100 100 388 9300000 ia 5 5 test planning 13 2 software transition planning 100 100 413 99000 00 2 02_Establishing a software devel 5 120 000 00 E 13 01 2 machine 2 5 120 000 00 21 software engineering environment I 5 120000 00 software lt E Project Material Usage G Machine Types Usage Project specific Machine Types Usage Machinery Usage J Project specific Machinery Usage lt Pr 11 Name software development planning IE Activities fy Resources Properties 23 Team Staff Nr Name Project J Start Finish Machine type E Notes 112 system test planning 01 Project planning and ov 25 11 1008 00 30 11 10 16 00 13 01 machine 2 v 1 1 software development planning 01 Project planning and ov 2511100800 26 11 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 v software transition planning 01 Project planning and ov 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 commissioning test 01 Project planning and ov 06 12 10 08 00 10 12 10 17 00 13 01 machine 2 following and updating plans 01 Project planning and ov 07 12 10 1400 10 12 10 09 00 13 01 machine 2 Only assigned activities E Only activities with aatching role Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Applications for the view Project specific machinery Usage Assign selected
268. orts Scheduler Main st File Edit Project Objects View Report structure S xammmt 5 00 Report Container 5 1 Table Subproject Table Subproject Subproject2Subproject 2 29 Table Task Subproject2Task 129 Table TaskEmployeeRole Task2TaskEmployeeRole 189 Table TaskTeam Task2TaskTeam f Table TaskEmployee Task2TaskEmployee Table TaskMaterial Task2TaskMaterial E Table TaskMachineRole Task2TaskMachineRole L Table TaskMachine Task2TaskMachine 4 Example of the report s structure for the general project schedule report 1 Subproject Projects subprojects 2 Task Activities 3 TaskEmployeeRole Resource roles 4 TaskTeam Resource teams 5 TaskEmployee Employees 6 TaskMaterial Materials 7 TaskMachineRole Machine types 8 TaskMachine Machinery In this the Subproject table is a higher ranking table and other tables may be added as lower ranking ones Subproject 274 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Id LevelFact LevelPlan Name Code CalendarFact CalendarPlan CategoryFact CategoryPlan StatusFact StatusPlan LabourIntensityFact LabourIntensityPlan LabourIntensityDoneFact LabourIntensityDonePlan LabourIntensityUnDoneFact LabourIntensityUnDonePlan DurationFact DurationPlan StartFact StartPlan FinishFact FinishPlan TEXT NUMERIC
269. ou can run all the activities similar to a conventional project that is you can create activities allocate resources correct processes or store outputs 90 Open a project portfolio In order to open a project portfolio do as follows 1 Select the menu item File Open project portfolio 2 The dialogue window Open appears 3 Select the preferred file 4 Click on the button OK The dialogue window Project selection for portfolio appears A list of projects for the project portfolio is shown 8 Portfolio Project Selection Name Code Category Priority Status Stat Finish File name Project Resources 100 02 06 08 08 00 09 01 09 10 00 C RP_Samples _en Wine tasting fund E software development process 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 CARP Samples en capa personnel software development process Resource Diffen 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 C RP_Samples _en p1 software development process Resource Diffen 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 C RP_Samples _en p1_completed V 01 Project planning and oversight 100 25 11 10 00 00 08 12 10 15 00 Samples en port rpj software development process 100 25 11 10 00 00 26 01 11 14 00 Samples 1 V 02 Establishing a software development enviror 100 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 18 00 Samples en port2 mi 17103 System requirements analysis 100 07 12 10 00 00 24 12 10 11 00 C RP Sample
270. ou can use the following key words for links http for hyperlinks https mailto ftp news gopher telnet file for document and graphic files You may proceed as follows 1 Activate the tab Notes amp links in the window Properties project subproject Properties 4 Name Project2 Code Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 7 Headers and Footers 29 Format User Defined Fields 8 Document Links gt Notes gt file CAMarketing Vertrieb Prospekt pdf E OK 2 Enter the text of your notes 3 Or enter the keyword and file name along with the path such as file C MyMarketing Prospekt pdf Double inverted commas are required when the string value of the file name contains a blank space as part of the text such as file C Marketing Vertrieb Prospekt pdf 4 Click on the button OK Alternatively If you rightclick on the tab field in Notes amp links you can select one of the following commands in the context menu Cut Copy Paste Delete Select All Add a reference to a document 26 Project overview In order to view an overview of the project do as follows 1 Leftclick on the blank space in the bar diagram or any other view The project s window Object properties appears in the lower part of the program window
271. ource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars LE in anhe mation Benes hmr nalantad mm Dink an tha bibe Add ta rmm nanl ta add tha meninnt rmt In order to manually align the project roles with the roles contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 Inthe table Project resources mark the role you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool roles Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool role with the project resource role Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful c Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 254 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new grou
272. ources stored the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool the field Filter _ Buttons 1 e Use resource this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool e Replace resource poo this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful Click on this button to replace the resource pool with the project resource This functionality is not available for calendars Nall te rmm nanl in anhe mation Been dl mm nalantad mmm Dink an tha bidtan Add ta rmm nanl ta add thn neniannt rmm ta In order to manually align the project machines with the machines contained in the resource pool file you do as follows 1 Inthe table Project resources mark the machines you want to align 2 Click on one of the following buttons a Click on the button Use resource pool if you want to use the resource pool machine Note this button is only active when you have selected an item for the resource pool b Click on the button Replace resource pool to replace the resource pool machine with the project resource machine Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful
273. ow Machinery 141 Project specific capacity alignment machines Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help m x REG 5 9 5 E ep asl December 2 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 5 5 5 5 Nr Project Machine group Prior Effort Totalcost Shortfall ES zi FA EB m zi ES zy 32 3 19 3 EE EX 24 24 8 9 16 16 16 24 19 24 24 10 zi 01_Project planning an 100 214 366 050 00 44 21 446 15 8 8 8 8 3 26 8 4 16 116 718 7418 8 8 ijeta TE 8 8 8 8 1 12 001 Rotate machine 74 29600 00 8 8 16 15 48 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 16 16 16 16 i6 46 i6 11 16 146 9 113 001 Miling machine 140 31200000 44 31 1 seje eje 127213 11 software development p 100 16 0 00 development planniay 12 systemtestplanning 100 31 93000 00 ieee e test planning 13 2 software transition plan 100 99000 00 are transition planning 1 3 3 following andupdating 100 20 0 00 OHOwing and updating pian a lt e sel ae commissioning test 14 commissioning test 100 40 120 000 00 1301 machine2 88 a s 8 8 07 27 27 92 02 Establishing a soft 100 40 120000 00 40 100 E PAPERS
274. own menu 4 Click on the button OK Project subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the reporting period filter in all views Reporting period filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific periods of time only You can set the reporting period filter with the mouse by pressing the left button and selecting a start date and finish date from the You can set the reporting period filter in all views except the Variance analysis and the Network diagram Show overloaded resources The filter helps detect overloaded resources You can use it in the views Employee utilization and Machinery Offer used resources for selection If this check box is not marked all resources in the resource pool will be available for selection The activation of this filter makes only those resources available for selection that have already been used in this subproject project This filter can be set in the views Role utilization Team utilization Employee utilization Capacity alignment personnel Material Machine types Machinery and Capacity alignment machinery Role filter If resources are assigned to activities in the form of roles or employees they can be included in the role filter You can set the role filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Role utilization and Break even chart Team filter If resources are a
275. ox Identify roles from employee assignation Step 1 of 1 Selection of activities opens Employee mapping roles determine Step iof E Choice of Activities p A d Name Completed Duration Start Finish software development planning 16 25 11 1008 00 26 11 10 17 00 v 2 system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 6 0 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 713 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 v 3 1 software installation planning 0 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 713 2 software transition planning 0 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 v 3 3 following and updating plans 0 10 0712100900 08121011 00 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project It lists activities you can select from 2 Mark the check boxes of the activities in the column number you want to select 3 Click on the button Finish Note e You can Click on the button Select all activities to mark all activities at a time 70 Identify machine types from machine allocation If you have allocated real machines to activities without having previously allocated machine types you can identify the required machine types from the machine allocation In order to identify machine types
276. p in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 255 Appendix B Adjustments of the program environment You can adjust Rillsoft Project s environment parameter via the menu item Tools Global settings The following parameters are adjustable 256 Tab General Adjusting the default parameter Tab Size Adjusting the size of the different objects Tab Font Adjusting the font of the different objects Tab Colour Adjusting the colour of the different objects Tab Line Adjusting the line types of the different objects Tab XML Adjusting the XML settings for the presentation of the project in the internet intranet Tab SOAP Adjusting the SOAP settings for the Rillsoft Integration Server RIS Tab Directory Adjusting the directory settings to reports templates projects and portfolios Tab Advanced Adjusting the settings for the display of the tabs in views activity properties and project subproject properties Adjusting default parameter Global Settings IK General Font Color Linien 5j xm 2 SOAP Directory 59 Default parameter for new activity V Unhide help Auto restore 10 Fixed Duration Duratior 8 hrs A nn Shift data date to current Undo depth 1007 Disregard
277. pe Capacity Costs Cost adjustment Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key 171 Sample of an import file Z Underground construction Team underground construction 0 45kg 0 5 68 04kg Underground construction Team underground construction 2 0 4 120 00 i Building construction ZTeam building construction 0 45kg 0 6 95 25kg i Building construction ZTeam building construction 0 91kg 083 104 33kg z Building construction ZTeam building construction 3 0 7 225 00 Note e You can search for teams in the field Filter Enter the search phrase or a part of it into the field 172 Set and adjust employees Rillsoft Project provides for a very flexible management of employees You can assign several different roles team memberships costs and productivity to employees Note We recommend you creating teams before defining employees In order to set and adjust employees you do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Resource pool The dialogue box Resource pool opens 2 Select the tab Employees f Resource Pool gt 18 Calendar dj Roles Teams d Employee Material 85 Machine Type 8 Machinery i Project Categories EX Project Status Filter 10 18 NewGroup NewintheGroup impot Export Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Name Code E mail Calendar Begin End Non worki Worki
278. ployee assignment Step 1 of 3 Choice of Employes 2 Nr Name Code E mail Calendar Week Role qualification Pro Costs Notes 713 001 East 40hour 100 7 14 01 Diligent 40hour 86 67 11 003 programmer V 100 0 00 v 14 02 Diligent 40hour 86 67 11 002 programmer PHP 100 0 00 v 19 01 Fast 40hour 100 11 001 100 0 00 v 19 02 Fast 40hour 100 11 003programmer V 100 0 00 v 11 001 North 40hour 100 v 17 01 Eager 40hour 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 v 17 02 Eager 40hour 100 11 001 100 0 00 v 13 01 Tidy 40hour 96 67 11 001 programmer C 100 0 00 v 13 02 Tidy 40hour 96 67 11 003programmer V 100 0 00 712 001 South 4 hou 100 7 18 01 Slow 40hour 100 11 001 100 0 00 714 001 West 40hou 100 7116 02 Sleeper 40hour 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 v 16 01 Sleeper 40hour 100 11 001 gt 100 0 00 v 20 02 Think 40hour 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 v 20 01 Think 40hour 100 14 001 designer 100 0 00 7 21 01 Consider 40hour 93 33 11 002 100 0 00 21 02 Consider 40 93 33 11 003 programmer V 100 0 00 7 12 01 Superman 2all 45hour 96 67 13 001 manager 100 0 00 4 n The list includes all the employees you can assign to activities or reassign to other activities by selecting them in Step 1 e Employees are grouped together in
279. properties In order to define the properties of a subproject do as follows 1 Mark the subproject whose properties you want to enter The window Object properties opens Rillsoft Project porti rpj 01 Project planning and oversight Se File Edit View Project Tools Window Help m x Deals ala v 9 5 ST Data Date 25 11 10 00 00 Ey _ hg IX me 24 25 26 X 28 129 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 108 09 10 42 13 14 Effort Duration Start Finish W ITI F 5 5 M T M software development 48 16 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 systom fest Mew aea ne TT 3 1 software installation p 34 30 11 10 46 00 07 12 10 09 00 Ew wu 22 sofware transition pia 34 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 n plarining following andupdatin 10 10 07 12 1009 00 08 12 10 11 00 o i 6 0 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 56 end gu 4 1Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Teal 4 4 3 Name subproject 1 Code E General 55 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery Vf Headers and Footers Format 2 User Defined Fields Exte
280. r Machine groups Code Machine type Unit Unit pice Price adjustment Notes Rotate machine Klopp 200 00 Milling machine 3000 00 12 001 Machine group Rotate machine Code Machine type Klopp Unit Unit price 200 per Hour Price adjustment un Notes e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Machine group You can enter a particular group type into this row column Machine fype You can enter more machine types in the empty row below the column Machine which copies the group name automatically Note To change the name of the group you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored machine types e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Marching tenn Entar tha dacerintian mamiifantiirnar ate af tha machina hina inta tha fiald Machina tena 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Machine group 4 Now enter a new machine type in this group into the row column Description You can enter more machine types in the empty row below in the column machine type which copies the group name automatically Note To change the name of the group you need to do this
281. r all activities and subprojects Change order in the bar diagram Create subprojects Add view to favourites Unfold collapse all subprojects In order to unfold all subprojects select the menu item Project Unfold all subprojects In order to collapse all subprojects select the menu item Project Collapse all subprojects Number all activities and subprojects Every activity is automatically assigned a number during the creation of activities After their linking or the correction of the schedule the numbers may no longer be in place In order to rearrange the numbers of activities no matter whether it is a unique number or WBS code select the menu item Project Numbering The activities will then be automatically and unbrokenly numbered Change order in the bar diagram In order to automatically change the order of all activities and subprojects select one of the following menu items or icon buttons d Project Sort by links Project Sort by start date 3 Project Sort by number Project Sort by code Project Sort by name In order to automatically change the order of a single marked activity or subproject select one of the following menu items or icon buttons amp Project Shift upwards Project Shift downwards Adjust timescale For the display of the project s time you can shoose between minutes and quarters In order to adjust the timescale rightclick in the title field
282. r requirements 215 Reporting Rillsoft Project 5 2 allows you to generate edit and print a number of different reports In order to open a report do as follows 1 Select the menu item Tools Reports 2 Now you can choose between the general project schedule and project resources by selecting either the menu item Project schedule or Project resources 3 Execute your preferred task December 2010 a v from File 26 111121314 15 16 17 18 LJ Finish to Start 9 Projectplannin Finish to Start without Delay 11 software developm Start to Start 1 2 system test planning S s M T W T F S 01 Project planning and oversight software development planning system test planning Finish to Finish 513 Ef Start to Finish 1 3 software installatio 1 3 software transition bproject 1 installation planning tion planning ing and updating plans Resource Pool Local Resource missioning test P Incompatible Group of Activities 1 3 following and updat 14 commissioning test 15 end 2 02 Establishing New Resource Pool File General report without empty projects 2 1 software engineerin Select Resource Pool File Task list with completed e engineering environment 22 software test enviro scene reper nment 2 3 software developm Integration Server Resource
283. ral activities such as window installation or facade plaster In the event of timing conflicts of the the activities using the resource the number of the required scaffold is not added up but remains constant on the level of the defined number Example 2 separately used machine types allocated to activities A special drilling machine is allocated in the activity properties as machine used for several activities In the event of a timing conflict of activities using the resource the number of the required machines will be added up In order to define shared machine types do as follows 1 Activate the tab Machine types that can be shared in the window Project properties EI Properties Project2 General 25 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 2 Headers and Footers 2 Format User Defined Fields Exemal Filter v 2 Assigned machine types Resource Pool 3 EM Nr Machine groups Machine type Nr Machine groups Machine type Quantity Utilization Activities Notes nm 12001 Rotate machine 12001 Rotate machine 1 100 1113 13 001 Milling machine 2 Double click on a machine type in the left table to define it as a shared machine type 3 Enter the Number of the required machine types and their Load into the table to the right 4 Cklick on the button in the column Activities The dialogue Activities using t
284. rammer V Basic 100 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Employee usage Display of the project s demand for resources in the form of employees Resource allocation from the perspective of employees Calculation of the utilization of every single employee Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single employee Visualisation of the assignation of employees to activities You can use the view Employee usage for the following Assign selected activities to an employee Analyse the employee utilization by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Check the calendar of employees Context menu in the view Employee usage e Expand collapse all employees Depending on the preferred view you can expand collapse detailed views of all employees e Show maximun per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources per day week etc e Show average per time unit The average required number of personnel resources per day week etc e Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc 119 120 Show utilization per time unit Shows the weekly total utilization of employees percent instead in employee hours employee days Group by employees Shows the total effort for each of the employees that is wi
285. ration Status in hours Not selected gt Effort Workplace Data Date 071210 00 00 Baseline 02 Estsbishngasofwaed v 77909 Inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set Applications for the view Project specific role usage Project specific display of the project s demand for resources in the form of roles Resource allocation from the perspective of roles Project specific calculation of the utilization of every single role Project specific calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single role Visualisation of the assignation of roles within activities You can use the view Project specific role usage for the following Assign selected activities to a role Analyse the role utilization for each of the projects by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Role usage Expand collapse all roles Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all roles e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc e Show average per time unit The average required number of personnel resources for each of the roles qualifications per day week etc e Show effort per time unit Planned effort in employee hours or employee days respectively per day week etc 113
286. rces click on the button Resource pool if you are using the general resource pool or on the button Project resources if you are using a project specific resource pool Allocate material In order to allocate material to the selected activities do as follows T Activate the tab Material in the window Activity properties Eigenschaften Ansicht z 1 1 Name Bauantrag stellen Code Feste Dauer w Aufwand 16 63 PT Dauer 16 63 AT 8 Std E Allgemein Rolen 22 Teams Mitarbeiter 4 Material E Maschinenarten 3 Benutzerdefiniet Filter X 5 Zugeordnetes Material Ressourcenpool Materialgruppe Materialart Kosten Materialgruppe Materialart Mafiei Berec Menge Notizen Abbrechen Abbrechen Telefonanlage Octopus F200 480 00 Telefonanlage ISDN Telekom Octopus E Modell Fix 1 Abbrechen Telefonanlage ISDN Telekom Octopus E Modell 20 A 320 00 Xeon Server 3X160CB 2CB Ram DUAL XEON 1800 00 TFT Maus m Report 19 Zoll TFT DELL UltraSharp 500 00 DELL USB MAUS 2100 Notes Available Material Enter a string value into the field Filter to show only certain materials search via material group material type and code or enter two dots in order to view the materials that have already been used by the project Doubleclick on the entry in the left table to assign the material to the activity Allocated material
287. re identical in both types 267 Shape structure The file directory Rillsoft Project Reports Scheduler Tree I2e You can view the structure of the report in the menu item View Window Table structure Cm Designer CAProgramDataWRillsoft Project 5 3 Reports Scheduler Tree Sey File Edit Project Objects View oOeGg dd xes s a jo 2 8 Report structure x 0 50 100 150 200 250 mm elena casera aa ra ore re ara ena Tras Ge oz nA a p Report Container z alendarFa a Table Shape m CalendarPlan X CategoryFact Testers CategoryPlan m 5 Code E ss 8 CountEmployeeFact mem 8 CountEmployeePlan B 2 8 CountEmployeeRoleFact Im 8 CountEmployeeRolePlan estera 8 CountMachineFact 2 Tere lal 8 CountMachinePlan E Taare CountMachineRoleFact f a Tascam E 8 CountMachineRolePlan E Tem 8 CountMaterialFact e 8 CountMaterialPlan L8 8 CountTasksFact pe E 8 CountTasksPlan Objects Reportst Layers Preview B 8 CountTeamFact 550 ex am E w mom 8 CountTeamPlan mL tto omeo con imeem anm 2x iti E Aj 8 o
288. reference to subprojects The team utilization is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project e Sort teams All displayed teams can be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date e Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all teams the project per day week etc e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Team Utilization e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Team Utilization 116 Project specific team usage Rillsoft Project rppi rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 1 LBE auia vidos PEA e G 2 December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 n 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 22 IEISIISsIMITIWITIEJILSISIMIEUEIWITUEJI S S u T Project Working group Priority Effot Total cost 8 e 991 5 28 25 4 4 43 5 43 01 Project planning and ove 100 15 5 366 050 00 02 Establishing a software 100 44 5 120 000 00 TAT ie Es E 11 001 2 North 12 38 0 00 2 2 2 2 05 0 3 software engineering environment 2 1 software engi
289. rial group 4 Now enter a new material type in this group into the row column Material type You can enter more material types in the empty row directly below in the column Description which copies the group name automatically Note To change the name of the group you need to do this in the first group row first which automatically transfers the group name to all the other stored material types 5 Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications 176 6 Enter the description manufacturer etc of the material type into the field Material type 7 Enter the measurement unit of the material type example tons square metres piece etc into the field Measurement unit 8 Enter the costs per measurement unit into the field Unit price 9 After a particular date you can enter either a coefficient for an existing unit price or a new unit price per measurement unit of the material into the field Price adjustment 10 If you like enter a note into the field Notes 11 Click on the button OK Import export of materials Click on the button Export to export a resource to a TXT file or on the button Import to import resources Import export fields ID Material group required field Code Material type required field Measurement unit Unit price Price adjustment Notes The individual fields are separated by a hash key Sample of an import file i Buildi
290. rites 73 Optimise a project The purpose of the optimisation of a project is to obtain a project schedule that meets a predefined deadline and which makes optimal use of resources In order to optimise a project go to the menu item Project Optimise resource utilization Note You can use the check box Fix in the window Activity properties tab General field Due date to ensure that the due date of the activity remains unchanged during optimisation The optimisation process takes the fixed dates of the subprojects into account The command Optimise resource utilization in the context menu of the subproject can be used to optimise selected subprojects only The optimisation of personnel resources is done along the following command structure employees gt teams gt roles explanation if it includes employees the optimisation will ignore teams or roles Contingency reserve The display of the contingency reserve provides an overview about the erliest possible start dates and latest possible finish dates of activities and subprojects in the bar diagram in the event of changes to the project schedule In order to activate the view of the contingency reserve do as follows 74 Select the menu item Tools Global settings In the tab select General Mark the check box Calculate contingency reserve Select the menu item View View contingency reserve Assign employees to activities Requirements In order to ass
291. rmation in the Reporting help menu 87 Project portfolio You can use the project portfolio to display several projects of the company at a time You can create a new project portfolio or open an existing one Rilisoft Project 1 Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help GEO 12 v 4 S vaa e CP 4 ot ae 1 4 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Proj Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 December 2210 24 5 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 w r r s u T 5 5 5 m mA A dde software dev 25 11 10 08 00 26 11 10 17 00 software development planning 12 systemtestp 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 system test planning 21 3 subproject1 44 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 11 00 subproject 1 1 3 1 softwareinst 34 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 09 00 software installation planning 13 2 software tran 17 30 11 10 16 00 02 12 10 17 00 ap Software transition planning 1 3 3 following and 10 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 following and updating plans 16 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 15 00 2 02 Establish 88 02 12 1000 00 16 12 10 18 00 02 Est
292. rogrammer 7 3 3 03 System requirements an 15 09 12 10 11 00 13 12 10 10 00 11 001 programmer 2 100 713 2 operation 03 System requirements an 27 0912101100 14 12 10 15 00 11 001 programmer M24 enwad Eetahlichinn 2 enfursre 1n121n12n0n 17121n150n 1101 amonmmer 7 Only assigned activities Resource Pool File CARP Samples em WRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 7 Mark the check boxes of the activities 8 You can among others define the quantity utilization and effort of a role for an activity 9 Click on the button OK Role properties during assignation In this allocation you can refine role properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities Number of roles Utilization of a role Effort of a role Notes regarding to a role Selection of activity During this assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options e Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities Activities at a specific date You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Roles and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time 189 Rillsoft Project Portfolio B File Edit View Project Tools Window Help amp
293. rojects 89 pP Rillsoft Project The following projects added to resource pool l 101 Project planning and oversight 2 02 Establishing a software development environment 303 System requirements analysis Deviations can be determined in Variance Analysis view e Manual switching of project resource to resource pool In order to have the portfolio accept projects with significant differences in resources they must be opened separately and you can switch from the project resource to the resource pool by help of the menu item Project Switch to resource pool Edit portfolio You can use the following three buttons to do the following Select all projects All projects from the list that share a common resource pool are included in the project portfolio Add a directory searches a new directory for projects Add a file adds single projects to the list Select the projects you want to include in the project portfolio If you want to enter other projects in the list click on the appropriate button to add either a directory or file The projects shown in the list can be sorted along the following parameters Project name Code Category Priority Status Start of project Finish of project File names The selected order is then accepted by the project portfolio views from the bar diagram to the break even chart are available for the project portfolio In the project portfolio y
294. rovided for selection reflect the structure of the project Finish 24 12 10 11 00 08 12 10 15 00 26 11 10 17 00 30 11 10 16 00 08 12 10 15 00 08 12 10 11 00 07 12 10 09 00 02 12 10 17 00 08 12 10 11 00 16 12 10 18 00 08 12 10 17 00 03 12 10 17 00 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 17 00 16 12 10 17 00 24 12 10 11 00 09 12 10 11 00 14 12 10 15 00 13 12 10 10 00 24 12 10 08 00 76 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to o activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project 4 Click on the check boxes for the activities to whom you want to assign employees You may also click on the button Select all employees 5 Click on the button Continue The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 3 of 3 Assigning employees to activities opens Employee assignment Step 2 of 3 Choice of Activities me E Nr Name On call Role Quantity effort Start Finish Pro Costs Notes gt 121 02 Consider 93 33 11 003 programmer V Basic 100 0 00 72 1 software engineering environ 85 71 1 40 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 E 122 software test environment 50 1 16 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 7 1 3 3 following and updating plans 100 1 10 person hour 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 713 5 software requirements analysis 100 1 30 person hour
295. rows Display in reference to subprojects The loads of machine types is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects seperately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort machine types All displayed machine types be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total load Total load for all machine types in the project per day week etc e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machine Types e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Machine Types If you open the context menu in the Activity row the command Group is not shown but the following commands are available e Share The selected activity shares the machine type together with other activities Use exclusively The selected activity uses the machine type exclusively 133 Project specific machine types Usage File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 0 eise 21844 905 0 Dec Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 5 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 7 08 09 10 11 12 13 141 5 5 w vr w r r s s u vr
296. rsday 10 March 2011 15 37 222 Reports available for project resources The following reports have been especially designed for project resources Roles Teams Employees Material Machine types Machinery Example of an Employee report Ei Preview PM 4 408 gt 10 aa c gum w 17 01 Eager 15 001 analyst system pro Stunde 0 00 End Name 25 112010 30 112010 system test planning 30 112010 068122010 software installation planning 08 122010 10 122010 software development library 23 122010 27 122010 system requirements Page 4 of 8 printed on Tuesday 22 March 2011 16 54 223 Reports available for resource pool The following reports have been especially designed for the resource pool Calendar Roles Teams Employees o Employee list o Month views o Year view in months o Annual report in calendar weeks e Materials e Maschine types Maschinery Important A prerequisite for reports on non working days is the input of non working days in the resource pool to the employees in the non working days column tab Examples of reports for employees and their non working days 224 Employee list prae orogemmer v amp esc 59 nsezocgemme Fee esorems em e5imex EmvSem uni sees
297. ructure of the project This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to o activities provided for selection reflect the structure of the project 4 Click on the check boxes for the activities to whom you want to assign employees You may also click on the button Select all employees 5 Click on the button Continue The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 3 of 3 Assigning employees to activities opens 208 Employee assignment Step 2 of 3 Choice of Activities me E Nr Name On call Role Quantity effort Start Finish Pro Costs Notes gt 121 02 Consider 93 33 11 003 programmer V Basic 100 0 00 72 1 software engineering environ 85 71 1 40 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 17 00 E 122 software test environment 50 1 16 person hour 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 17 00 7 1 3 3 following and updating plans 100 1 10 person hour 07 12 10 09 00 08 12 10 11 00 713 5 software requirements analysis 100 1 30 person hour 20 12 10 10 00 23 12 10 17 00 621 01 Consider 93 33 11 002 programmer PHP 100 0 00 7 2 1 software engineering environ 85 71 1 40 person hour 02 12 1008 00 08 12 10 17 00 7124 software development files 100 3 36 person hour 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 09 00 20 02 Think 100 15 001 analyst 100 0 00 7 1 1 software development planning 100 1 16 person hour 25 11 1008 00 26
298. s 13 1 01_Project planning and ov 7 2 1 02 Establishing a software 03 12 10 08 00 09 12 10 17 00 7122 02 Establishing a software 03 12 10 08 00 06 12 10 17 00 2 1 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 Duration Start Finish 38 40 16 4 ab assigned activities V Only activities with aatching role Resource Pool File CARP Samples en WRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 198 Assign activities to a material in the view Material requirements In order to assign activities to a material do as follows 1 Select the view Material requirements 2 Select the menu item Project Filter The dialogue box Filter opens 25 11 10 0800 bis 241210 11 00 T Hide completed activities View only overloaded resources Offer only used resources to select Nr Name 12 001 brick big v 12 002 v7 13 001 concrete 7 14 001 cored wire Here you can define which of the information will be displayed in what view Project Subproject filter Displays information about activities and resources for specific subprojects only You can set the project subproject filter in all views Reporting period Mark this check box to display the report for a defined period of time only You can define the filter in all views except the network diagram Show only overloaded resources helps detect
299. s Ressource allocation from the perspective of machines Calculation of the load of every single machine Calculation of the total efforts for and total costs of every single machine Visualisation of the allocation of machines in activities You can use the view Machinery Usage for the following Assign selected activities to a machine Analyse the load of a machine by help of filter settings Change the timescale Quick access to the resource pool Context menu in the view Machinery Usage If you open the context menu on the Machine row the following commands appear Expand collapse all resources Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all resources e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of machine resources for each of the machine groups machine types per day week etc Show average per time unit The average required number of machine resources per day week etc 136 Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or machine days respectively per day week etc e Group by machines Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load e Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a machine in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The loads of machines is not shown for the over
300. s en port3 ri Project2 100 30 12 10 00 00 20 01 11 00 00 C RP Samples help rpj Create portfolio e Click on the button Add directory and select the preferred directory E e Projects from other directories can be added by clicking on the button Add file I e Note If projects are coloured grey it indicates a difference between project resources and the resource pool In order to have the portfolio accept nrniect with sinnificant differences in recnurces thew mist he anened cenaratelw and vni can witch fram the nrnierct resniirce tn the V Different project resources substitute resource pool Select all projects Unselect all projects Add Folder Add Project Cancel Note Only projects that share common resource pool can be included in the project portfolio That is projects 03 and 04 vary in resources and are not marked because thes use deviating project resources If projects are coloured grey it indicates a difference between project resources and the resource pool Include projects with project resources in the project portfolio Deviating projects being coloured grey can be added to the portfolio in the following way Automatic replacement of project resources The option Replace deviating project resources by resource pool updates the project resources by adding the resource pool at every opening of the portfolio The view Variance analysis displ
301. s of the employees you would like to assign to activities in the column No You may also click on the button Select all employees 3 Click on the button Continue The dialogue box Assigning employees Step 2 of 3 Selection of activities opens 75 Employee assignment Step 2 of 3 Choice of Activities Name i Start Portfolio 25 11 10 00 00 01 Project planning and oversight 25 11 10 00 00 software development planning 25 11 10 08 00 system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 end 0 08 12 10 15 00 subproject 1 30 11 10 16 00 software installation planning 34 30 11 10 16 00 software transition planning 17 30 11 10 16 00 following and updating plans 10 07 12 10 09 00 02 Establishing a software development environment 02 12 10 00 00 software engineering environment 40 02 12 10 08 00 software test environment 16 02 12 10 08 00 software development library 21 06 12 10 08 00 software development files 36 08 12 10 14 00 non deliverable software 15 15 12 10 09 00 End 0 16121017 00 03 System requirements analysis 07 12 10 00 00 analysis of user input 19 07 12 10 08 00 operational concept 27 09 12 10 11 00 system requirements 15 09 12 10 11 00 3 6 End 0 0 24 12 10 08 00 This list provides you with all the activities you can later assign employees to or from which you can withdraw employees e activities p
302. s to subprojects In order to assign activities to subprojects do as follows 68 1 2 Mark the activity bars you want to move into a subproject From the context menu select Shift to subproject or click on the icon bar with the same name Shift to subproject the Project bar Alternative You can select the menu item Project Shift to subproject The dialogue box Select subproject opens In the list doubleclick on the subproject you want to assign activities to The activities will then be moved to the subproject and the numbering of activities subordinated to the subprojects if the WBS code has been set up accordingly Take over start and finish dates of a project from activities Rillsoft Project allows you to define the start and finish dates of a project during the setup of this project A project s duration is usually set at a two weeks You may use the menu command Take over project start and finish dates from activities to recalculate project dates in relation to a start date of the first activity and the finish date of the last activity 69 Identify roles from the assignation of employees If you have assigned real employees to activities without having previously assigend roles you can identify the required roles from the employee assignation In order to identify roles from employee assignation do as follows 1 Select the menu item Project Identify roles from employee assignation The dialogue b
303. sFact NotesPlan ResourceCostFact ResourceCostPlan ResourceVolumeFact ResourceVolumePlan ShareIDFact ShareIDPlan TeamFact TeamPlan UtilizationFact UtilizationPlan UseNotesFact UseNotesPlan TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT ID Number Code Costs Machine type Name Notes Resource costs Resource effort Shared machine types Team membership Utilization Notes for a machine within an activity 285 TaskMaterial 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 286 Id Code CostFact CostPlan Group Name NotesFact NotesPlan ResourceCostFact ResourceCostPlan ResourceAmountFact ResourceAmountPlan MetricFact MetricPlan UseNotesFact UseNotesPlan TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT ID Number Code Costs Name of group Name Notes Resource costs Resource effort Shared machine types Notes for a material within an activity Tables for project resources The file directory Rillsoft Project Reports Resource Ist These tables allow you to gain information of the project regarding to its project resources The following reports have been especially designed for projec
304. sh BE TES eS s MI software development 48 16 25 11 1008 00 26 11 10 17 00 agg S MWare development planning system test planning I system test planning 31 25 11 10 08 00 30 11 10 16 00 subproject 1 58 30 11 10 16 00 10 12 10 09 00 software installation p 38 30 11 10 16 00 07 12 10 14 00 software transition pla 33 30 11 10 16 00 06 12 10 17 00 following and updatin 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 n pasting commissioning test 40 06 12 1008 00 10 12 10 17 00 commissioning test end 10 12 10 17 00 10 12 10 17 00 Cx 4 1 Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram gt 6 Role Usage 7 Team Usage gt 8 lt Current portfolio C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Portfolios rpp1 rpp Si Favorites i Project Dashboard Portfolio Dashboard Activities Project Ongoing and yet4o begin activities Completed 1 Complete 26 x Nr Started 3 Reserve 28 hour 1 software development planning Yetto begin 3 4 commissioning test All 7 Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrjxml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Analysis of ongoing and yet to begin activities If you have entered the percentage for the selected activity and determined the check time you have updated the information about the progress of the project You can view
305. sh and finish Caution Will only be shown if the option Calculation of contingency reserve is activated in Tools Global settings General Separate costs of the activity or subproject that are not shown by the view of resources Costs for the activity or subproject s personnel resources Material costs for the activity or subproject Machine costs for the activity or subproject Total costs for the activity or subproject Percentage of completion of the activity percentage of progress Amount for the invoicing period of the project Period of time in working days for the due date of the payment Date of payment receipt From activities To activities Assigned roles Assigned teams Assigned employees Allocated materials Allocated machine types User defined fields 1 10 Allocated machinery Difference between the demand for assigned roles and the demand for assigned employees for a quick overview over missed assignations of employees in activities 34 Link activities Activities can be linked with each other in bar diagrams network diagrams and bar network diagrams The following link types are at your disposal Finish Start the from activity must finish before the to activity can start Finish Start without the from activity starts after the finishing of delay the to activity with a minimal delay Start Start the from activity must start before the
306. sks and their start dates and finish dates to Rillsoft Project Sample of a text file WBS Name Start Finish Duration hrs Effort EH Costs 1 Subproject1 25 08 2008 08 00 05 09 2008 17 00 80 00 200 00 10741 20 1 1 Task1 25 08 2008 08 00 29 08 2008 17 00 40 00 40 00 1520 00 1 2 Task2 28 08 2008 08 00 03 09 2008 17 00 40 00 80 00 3040 00 In order to import a text file as CSV file do as follows Step 1 1 Select the menu item File Import Text file in CSV format Import From Text File Sep LAE Chote OF Se eee import From Text File Step Lof 2 Choice of Separator 5 58835250 ete e688 V First row contains only headings do not import Columns are delimited Date and time format DD MM YY hh mm Z Structure plan is to be determined about WBS code a activity subproject per line 7 Structure plan is to be determined about grouping of multiple text columns be multiple activities per line WBS Name Start Finish Duration hour Effort person h Cost 1 software develo 25 11 2010 08 00 26 11 2010 17 00 16 00 48 0 9440 00 2 system test planni 25 11 2010 08 00 30 11 2010 16 00 31 00 124 00 10044000 3 subproject 1 30 11 2010 16 00 10 12 2010 09 00 5800 195 00 129470 00 31 software installati 30 11 2010 16 00 07 12 2010 14 00 3800 76 00 15200 00 3 2 software transitio 30 11 2010 16 00 06 12 2010 17 00 33 00 99 00 10527000 3 3 following
307. software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 11 003 programmer 02 Establishing a software 16 0312100800 06 12 10 17 00 11 003 programmer 02 Establishing a software 40 0312100800 09 12 10 17 00 11 001 programmer 02 Establishing a software 28 0712100800 10 12 10 12 00 11 001 programmer 01 Project planning and ov 20 07 12 10 14 00 10 12 10 09 00 11 003 programmer 03 System requirements an 15 09 12 10 11 00 13 12 10 10 00 11 001 programmer 03 System requirements an 42 1412101500 21 12 1017 00 11 001 programmer 02 Establishing a software 15 17 12 10 15 00 21 12 10 14 00 11 001 programmer 03 System requirements an 30 2012101000 23 12 10 17 00 11 003 programmer 45389 8888 a 8 m Only assigned activities V Only activities with aatching role Resource Pool File CARP Samples emWRillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter set 7 Mark the check boxes of the activities 8 You can among others define the utilization and effort of an employee for an activity 9 Mark the check boxes of the activities 10 Click on the button OK Employee properties during assignation In this assignation you can refine role properties by controlling and defining the following values for each of the activities Readiness of an employee Availability of an employee Productivity of an employee Utilization of an employee Absence of an employee Effort of an emplo
308. source material Note this button is only active when the allocation of a resource pool to the project resource via the code has been successful C Click on the button Add to resource pool to add the project resource to the resource pool the group properties are entered into the existing group however not the group name of the project resource 246 Note this button is only active when you have selected a group in the table Resource pool d Click on the button Add to a new group in the resource pool to add the project resource and the group name to the new group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 247 Manual selection of machine types In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter f Manual Resource Selection Calendar 1 Dit 0 Roles 1 Dif Employees 1 Dif Machine Types 2 Dif ll Machines 1 Df
309. sources per day week etc e Show effort per time unit Planned effort in machine hours or days respectively per day week etc Group by machine type Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load e Place activities one row if possible Displays the activities entered for a machine type in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The loads of machine types is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects seperately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort machine types All displayed machine types can be sorted along number name or code e Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total load Total load for all machine types in the project per day week etc e Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machine Types e Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Machine Types If you open the context menu in the Activity row the command Group is not shown but the following commands are available e Share The selected activity shares the machine type together with other activities Use ex
310. ssign teams to the selected activity do as follows 1 Activate the tab Teams in the window Activity properties Properties A 12 Name task 2 Code Fixed Duration Effort 80 person hour Duration 40 hour E General jj Roles 5 Teams 2 Employee S Material Bl Machine Type B Machinery 2 Link 2 Format User Defined Fields Notes Filter X 4 Assigned teams Resource Pool Working gro Team 0 Cap Costs Working group Team O Utiliza Efot N North 100 100 2 0 00 North 100 100 2 100 80 South 100 100 2 0 00 East 100 100 2 0 00 Report West 100 100 2 0 00 Available teams 2 Enter a string value into the field Filter to show only certain teams search via working group team and code or enter two dots in order to view the teams that have already been used by the project 3 The field On call shows the percentage of the possible working capacity of a team within activity duration adjusted for the reported non working days holidays sickness 4 The field Availability shows the percentage of the possible working capacity of a team within activity duration adjusted for the participation of the team in other activities of the project 5 Doubleclick on the entry in the left table to assign this team to the activity Assigned teams 6 The field On call shows the percentage of the possible working capacity of a team within
311. ssigned to activities in the form of teams they can be included in the team filter You can set the team filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Team utilization and Break even chart Employee filter If resources are assigned to activities in the form of employees they can be included in the employee filter You can set the employee filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Employee utilization and Break even chart Material filter If resources are allocated to activities in the form of materials they can be included in the material filter You can set the material filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Material requirements and Break even chart Machine type filter 149 If resources are allocated to activities in the form of machine types they be included in the machine type filter You can set the machine type filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Machine types and Break even chart Machinery filter If resources are allocated to activities in the form of machines they can be included in the machinery filter You can set the machinery filter in the Bar diagram Bar network diagram Resource diagram Machinery and Break even chart 150 Project controlling Project controlling consists of the following e Entering information regarding the project progress Determining Data Date e Analysing ongoing
312. step Split Activities for Places Spaces Step 2 of 2 Divide Agee Parts by Percentage Part gt 1 planning Total 100 Rest 60 3 Select the activity parameter according to which you want to split activities from the drop down list Split into You can choose between the following parameters Percentage Working result Effort Duration Costs The following activity list shows all activities which can be split into the places rooms by entering them into the column below the corresponding place room Display of the project schedule before the splitting into places rooms Project ject5 28 View Project Tools Window He 1 11 00 gt 06050 4 ol Date 30 12 10 00 00 January 2011 A 29 010203 08 08 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 22 2318 Nr D Start Finish w T r s s 1 planning 67 30 121008 00 11 01 11 11 00 F j Planning er 1 Gantt Chatt 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage Z Tea lt 4 24 1 Name planning 4 Code Fixed Duration Effort 201 person hour Duration 67 hour
313. t rppi r xm File Edit View Project Tools Window Help j Sx z 3 2 5 2 gt 9 D RQ H 3 d 3 B a aBa e afe s S a a 19 D 8 Q 4 81 _ V RN pecu o 2 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 05 07 08 00 10 49 12 43 4 15 16 47 98 19 20 21 2272 23 2425 26 214 Ir Fris s w riw r r s s u r w vr r s s w vr w v r s s u vr w vr r s s u ETT ETH WERT ETETTH T TT TT es 154 E E 1 1 so 01 Project planning and gt oversight 11 2 system test planning E13 1 3 1 software installation plannin 1 3 3 followii subproject 1 ee 1 3 2 software transition pla sa S E 2 ment files 2 5 non deliverable 02 Establishing a software development environment 1 Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Proj lt xd 4 1 Name 01_Project planning and oversight Code O A123 C General 55 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Bl Shared Machinery Vf Headers and Footers 9 Format User Defined
314. t Status Calendar Roles amp Employee Fiter 3 4 New Group NewintheGrup Impot Expot Delete Marked Delete Group Delete All Nr Material group Code Material type Unit Unit price Price adjustment Notes brick big m 340 00 small 280 00 150 00 cored wire m 10 00 12 001 Material group brick Code Materialtype big Unit Unit price 340 S Price adjustment e Group Create a new group by clicking on the button ew group in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Material group You can enter a particular material type into this row column Materia type More material types can be E entered directly into the succeeding empty row in the column Material types This copies the group name automatically Note If you want to change the group name you will need to do that in the first group row The group name will then automatically be taken over by the already created material types e Code Optional Enter a specific value into the column Code to exchange data with other applications Material himn Entar tha dacerintinn manufacture af tha matarial tenn inta tha fiald Matarial hina 3 Create a new group by clicking on the button New group or in the row that is marked with an asterisk enter a new group name in the column Mate
315. t and actual costs at a freely definable check time You can use to break even chart for the following e Analyse the costs by help of filter settings e Change the timescale 145 Additional resource diagram Select the menu item View Additional resource diagram Project psymentrpj Project File Edit View Project Tools Window Help A 9 gt EEO aa 2 v 9 c 985 Is 4 Ot un Data Date 08 03 11 00 00 March Name Duration Start Finish stage 1 112 08 03 11 08 00 25 03 11 17 00 start 37 08 03 1108 00 14 03 11 14 00 task 1 31 14 03 11 14 00 18 03 11 12 00 task2 28 14 03 1114 00 18 03 11 09 00 task3 36 21 03 11 13 00 25 03 11 17 00 85 3 Payment 1 28 03 1108 00 28 03 11 08 00 Payment 1 stage2 40 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 17 00 pu stage task4 35 28 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 11 00 25K 4 task5 33 28 03 11 16 00 01 04 11 17 00 tasks Payment 2 0 04 04 11 12 00 04 04 11 12 00 Lpo 2 finish 10 03 11 08 00 01 04 11 17 00 finish task 6 88 10 03 1108 00 24 03 11 17 00 eee ask 6 task7 48 25 03 1108 00 01 04 11 17 00 128k 7 task8 54 16 03 1110 00 24 03 11 17 00 45 8 Payment 3 05 04 11 17 00 05 04 11 17 00 UM os 10 00 9 00 8 00 7 00 6 00 5 00 4 00 4 4 3 00 Usage 1 00 1 Gantt C
316. t f d 4 3 software inst 34 30 11 1016 00 07 1210 Software installation planning Co E software tran 17 3011101600 021210 PY on planning following and 10 07 121009 00 08 12 10 il Moveoutto Subproject lowing and updating plans E end 08 12 10 15 00 081210 Moveinto Subproject 2 02 Establish 88 02 12 10 00 00 16 12 10 New Activity software eng 40 02 12 1008 00 08 12 10 New Subproject software engineering environment 02 Est softwaretest 16 02 12 10 08 00 03 12 10 New Subproject from File software dev 21 06 12 10 08 00 08 12 10 Split Activities for Places Spaces software dev 36 08 12 10 14 00 15 12 10 Assign the Employees a Activities zd non delivera 15 15 12 10 09 00 16 12 10 Extract the Employees a Activities Gp nonde MU 1 Garit 2 Assign the Machine a Activity 4 4 13 Name subproject 1 Extract the Machine a Activity Code Derive Roles from Assigned Employee E General Preferred Team Shared Machine Types Derive Machine Types from Assigned Machine pat User Defined Fields Extemal Docu gt Due date Project calendar a Keep Start Finish Time from Activities Date Time Project Calendar Enter labour output for activity Start 30 11 10 16 00 Category Set the Earliest Start Time Example 150 T L Set the est S e ctivity Finish 08 12 10 11 00 Not selecte
317. t properties The project s window Object properties opens 1 Gantt Chart 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 D EE Rillsoft Project Project help rpj Project2 gp stc gu Sr jm File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 3e a c aie DRESD a v 4 IIS S S 85 Np eS 4 5 Data Date 30 12 10 00 00 LES 2 29 30 31 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Nr Name D Start Finish AP D SS n MESE TOES DS z4 subproject1 64 30 12 1008 00 10 01 11 17 00 o Subproject 1 14 task 1 24 30 12 10 08 00 03 01 11 17 00 u 25 1 12 task2 40 04 01 1108 00 10 01 11 17 00 M3 task2 13 task3 26 04 01 1115 00 07 01 11 17 00 up 28 5 l 2 task4 43 31 12 1009 00 07 01 11 12 00 4 xj 4 A Name Project2 Code E General 5 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 2 Headers and Footers 9 Format User Defined Fields Etemal Docu Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard a Time step Enter labour output for activity Start 301210 00 00 4 Category Priority 15 minutes J Example 150 M3 N 100 Duration V Enter effort for activi
318. t resources Roles Teams Employees Material Machine types Machinery You can view the structure of the report in the menu item View Window Table structure Designer C ProgramData Rillsoft Project 5 3 Reports Resource Employee File Edit Project Objects View OG d 3 A Report structure x SG Fx A B Report Container Table Employee n Table EmployeeTask Employee2EmployeeTask e Lal E e Example of the report s structure for the general project resource employee report The Project resources table is a higher ranking table and other tables may be added as lower ranking ones Roles EmployeeRole shows resource roles EmployeeRoleTask shows information on activity for selected role EmployeeRole 1 Id TEXT ID Number 287 10 Teams Team 10 11 288 Code Cost Rank Name Notes TotalCost TotalVolume Start Finish TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Date Team shows resource team TeamTask shows information on activity for selected team Id Code Cost Calendar Holiday Group Name Notes TotalCost TotalVolume Start TEXT TEXT NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT NUMERIC NUMERIC Date Code Unit price Qualification Name Notes Costs within the project Efforts within the project Start of assigment Finish of assignment ID Num
319. team employee calendar date Start of activity only at first shift Calculation of the contingency Links as straight lines Identify activities subprojects through V Adjust to grid Unique number V Resource histogram inscribe V Show weekend WES code V Show non working days e Field Default parameter for new activity e Fixed duration Choose this option to calculate the effort for the activity and the resource utilization with the duration of the activity remaining unchanged if possible You should J choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known duration of the activity The labour effort of the resources would then be automatically calculated e Fixed effort Choose this option to calculate the duration of the activity and the resource utilization with the effort remaining unchanged You should choose this option if you do the scheduling on the basis of the known activity effort for activity roles activity duration would then be automatically calculated e Duration Enter the default value for new activities e Disregard team calendar and employee calendar Mark this check box if the team calendar and employee calendar should not be regarded in new activities Start of activity only at first shift Mark this check box if the start of activity is permitted to hamin anhe nt than Fent abit Field Default parameter for new activity o Fixed durat
320. test environment n ppt tte ne M an ae ae anne lt X 1Gantt Chat 2 Variance Analysis 3 Network Diagram 4 Gantt Network Chart 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Proj 24 1 Name 01 Project planning and oversight Code E General 5 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery Z Headers and Footers 9 Format User Defined Fields Exemal Due date Project calendar Project settings Date Time 1 Standard Time step C Enter labour output for activity Stat 251110 00 00 Example 150 cancel E 1110 v 00 00 IT Category Priority 15 minutes Y RM pe 4 Enter effort for activity Finish 081210 15002 Not selected 10 Duration Example 5 man hours Status in hours 7 Storage location for project settings Not selected 7 Bot Workplace Data Date 071210 00 00 4 Baseline lt Not selected Cmn 7 Inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml EO Se Use Resource Pool _Filter is not set Add view to favourites You can add the current view with the defined time unit filter and scroll position of the view to your list of favourites This allows for a quick toggling between the views with the defined settings In order to add the desired view to the favourites select the menu item Edit Add view to favou
321. thout the separation into their different role qualifications Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities entered for an employee in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The utilization of employees is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort employees All displayed employees can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all employees in the project per day week etc Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Employee Utilization Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Employee utilization Project specific employee usage Rillsoft Project rppi rp File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 3g ijs Bal gt o e so gt uaa t 7 3 D 5 8 V QE ch 96 ou 57 December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 03 08 09 10 F Project Name Prior Utili 9 11 135 1 01 Project planning and ove 100 5 1 1 1 1041 E2 02 Establishing a software 100 8
322. tings for this particular project Click on the button OK Preferred teams You can use the tab Preferred teams to assign particular teams to the project In calculating the project the capacity planning for the personnel includes only employees that are members of the Preferred teams You can edit the list Preferred teams also at a later point in time Properties 8 Project2 Code E General 2 Prefered Team Shared Machine Types Shared Machinery 77 Headers and Footers 22 Format User Defined Fields gt Filter X 4 Assigned teams 7 Nr Working group C Team Calendar Nr Working group Code Team Calendar 11001 12001 South 12 001 South 13 001 14 001 West In order to define Preferred teams do as follows 1 Activate the tab Preferred teams in the window Project properties 2 Double click on a team in the left table to define a preferred team 3 Click on the button OK 17 Define machine types that be shared Machine types that can be shared can be used by predefined activities simultaneously without the need to increase the number of machines Here costs are not distributed to the individual activities they are calculated as a whole and for each of the activity separately Example 1 shared machine types Scaffolding is defined as a shared resource and will be used for seve
323. tivity at a time In this you can define the required quantity utilization and effort and verify the readiness and availability of personnel resources Finally click OK Allocate activities to a resource Once you have set up a resource pool via the menu item Tools Resource pool and laid out a project plan in the bar diagram do as follows 186 Select one of the views of resource utilization such as Role utilization Team utilization or Employee utilization Tip If roles have already been assigned you can use the view Capacity alignment to conveniently assign employees to activities In the filter Project Filter deactivate the option Offer only used resources for selection so as to have all resources from the resource pool shown in the table Choose a resource by either selecting it from the resources table or leftclicking on it in the timescale field The resource will be marked and the corresponding information shown in the lower part of the Properties window Select the tab Activities Mark the check boxes of the activities You can define different parameters resource wise for an activity In this way you can assign several activities to one resource at a time Click on the button OK Personnel assignation assistant Requirements In order to assign employees to activities you first need to assign personnel resources in the form of roles By help of the menu item Project Assign employees to activities you can
324. to activity can start Finish Finish the from activity must finish before the to activity can finish y F Start Finish the from activity must start before the to activity can finish Incompatible Activities that must not be executed at the same activity group time timing conflicts You can unhide the Properties window of any link by doubleclicking on the link Properties es PS Link Predecessor 1 1task 1 Default Farbe E Cancel Successor 1 2task 2 E Lag Absolute time X 0 hour Intervals Intervals can be defined in Project properties in relation to the time unit of the duration such as hours or days You can choose among the following types of intervals 1 in absolute time estimated duration including non working days such as 10 hours or 2 days 2 in calendar time depending on the current calendar that is it ignores non working hours such as 3 working days 3 in relative time for instance a particular percentage relating to the to activity such as 50 Intervals can have 1 positive such as 2 hours or 2 negative such as 50 overlapping 38 signs Highlight link Links can be highlighted by means of colour or boldface Create link In order to create a new link do as follows see Et Choose the link type via the appropriate icon
325. ty Finish 20 01 11 00 00 Not selected 2 Example 5 man hours Status n hours z Storage location for project settings Not selected Effort Workplace Data Date 301210 00 00 Baseline Not selected im hours T inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set Enter the project name in the field Name Enter the project code in the field Code Enter the Start date and Finish date of the project in the tab General in the field Due date 5 Inthe field Effective date enter the date on which the project progress was last updated Note The effective date is meant to be entered for reasons of the controlling and management of ongoing projects The effective date should be identical with the start date of the project to ensure correct scheduling 6 IIn the drop down list Project calendar select the calendar you want to use for the project AO The button allows for the quick access to the current calendar 7 Inthe drop down list Category select the category you want to use for the project Note You can create a drop down menu for the category in the menu item Tools Resource pool Project categories 8 In the field Priority enter a value between 1 and 1000 The higher the priority of a project the more resources can be assigned to it during capacity alignment in relation to other projects in the project portfolio Note Priority m
326. types is completed the view Capacity alignment personnel will help you estimate whether there is sufficient personnel capacities to execute the project or where potential bottlenecks may occur The Project specific capacity alignment personnel is determined by the number of employees their qualifications time of employment and place of work project subproject The Capacity alignment personnel not only shows the number of the required hours and days for employees and roles but also indicates ecxess and shortfall supply minus demand contingency Moreover the view Project specific capacity alignment personnel helps you detect employees that match the requirements of the demand Employees whose employee hours days are in boldface have already been assigned to this activity If they are displayed in both boldface and red colour you have an assignation conflict which means that the employee has been assigned to several activities at one time You can use the Project specific Human Resource Capacity Leveling to do the following per project Detect overloaded resources as well as the scale and cause for this event View the working capacity for each of the resource role per project Calculate the numbers of work that have been assigned to the individual employees Determine the time the employee is available for additional assignments Context menu in the view Human Resource Capacity Leveling expand collapse all resources Expand
327. uantity Quantity of labour output Open quantity of labour output Whether an own calendar defines the activity 279 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 PrimaryStartFact PrimaryStartPlan PercentFact PercentPlan Pos PriorityFact PriorityPlan MaterialCostFact MaterialCostPlan MachineCostFact MachineCostPlan TotalCostFact TotalCostPlan NotesFact TotalCostPlan CriticalFact CriticalPlan UserFieldiFact UserFieldiPlan TaskEmployeeRole 2 280 Id Code TEXT TEXT BOOLEAN Start of activity with start of shift BOOLEAN NUMERIC v Percentage of completion NUMERIC NUMERIC Position of the allocated resource NUMERIC Priority NUMERIC NUMERIC Material costs NUMERIC NUMERIC Machine type costs NUMERIC NUMERIC Shared costs NUMERIC TEXT Notes NUMERIC BOOLEAN Whether activity is critical BOOLEAN TEXT User defined fields TEXT ID Number Code 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 CostFact CostPlan QuantityFact QuantityPlan RangFact RangPlan Name NotesFact NotesPlan ResourceCostFact ResourceCostPlan ResourceVolumeFact ResourceVolumePlan UtilizationFact UtilizationPlan UseNotesFact UseNotesPlan TaskEmployee CalendarFact CalendarPlan Code CostFact CostPlan NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC NUMERIC TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT
328. ue date Project calendar Project settings Date Time Project Calendar w Time step Enter labour output for activity Start 301110 16 00 i a Example 150 M3 0 0 Category Priority 15 minutes z 100 Dureti Enter effort for activity Finish 08 12 10 11 00 amp Not selected ration Example 5 man hours Status in hours Storage location for project settings E Festlegen Not selected Effort oiio Duis Die v 00 Baseline Not selected Iul Inthe project Resource Pool File C RP_Samples _en RillPrj xml Use Resource Pool Filter is not set 2 Activate the required tab in the window Properties and make the changes 3 Click on the button OK Alternative 1 You may make the changes to the most important subproject parameter directly in the table of the bar diagram Alternative 2 You may use the mouse to shift the subproject in the diagram so as to change its time parameters or duration Alternative 3 You can use the context menu of the subproject to quickly make vital changes to it 65 Delete subprojects In order to delete an existing subproject do as follows 1 Rightclick on the subproject you want to delete 2 From the context menu choose the command Delete Alternatively You can quickly delete an existing subproject by clicking on the blank space in the diagram with the right mouse button pressed down and striking out the subproject ds cam 66 Enter subproject
329. ust not be 15 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 In the drop down list Status select the status you want to use for the project Note You can create a drop down menu for the status in the menu item Tools Resource pool Project status In the drop down list Baseline select the baseline you wanto to use for the variance analysis Note This selection requires you to first save a baseline via the menu item Project Add baseline In the drop down list Time step select the interval for the automatic rounding of start and finish dates as well as duration In the drop down list Duration select the measurement unit you want to use for measuring the duration In the drop down list Effort select the measurement unit you want to use for measuring the effort Activate the check box Enter labour output for activity if you want the display of the labour output of the activity to use the entered measurement units and quantities such as 150 m3 Activate the check box Enter effort for activity if you want the display of the effort of the activities to use the entered employee days such as 5 ED You can define the Storage location for project settings o Activate the radio button Workplace if you want to store product settings such as column order timescale etc on your computer and use them for all of the other projects o Activate the radio button In project if you want to store only the project set
330. view the content of the portfolio by leftclicking on the blank space in the bar diagram and selecting the tab Portfolio overview 7 Doubleclick on the entry in the central table to allocate this machine to the activity 51 Properties aj E a 3 1 Name software installation planning Code Fixed Duration Effort 102 person hour Duration 34 hour E General 2 Roles Teams 2 Employee sib Material kj Machine M Machinery Link 9 Format User Defined Fields 27 Notes 00 Assigned machine types Filter 1 Assigned machine Resource Pool Machine group Machi Ba Machine Machine group Costs Machine name Machine group Machi Uti V Rotate machine 0 machine 1 100 Rotate machine 0 00 machine 1 100 Rotate machine 100 Preferred and assigned teams V Check availability in current portfolio Allocated machines The right table shows you the machines already selected for the activity 8 Enter the machine utilization of this activity into the field Utilization 9 Enter notes that might be crucial for the machine in connection with the activity into the the field Notes 10 Click on the button OK Notes e You can adjust the layout of the columns of the three tables at your convenience by rightclicking on the column names of the table and selecting the columns you want to adjust e In order to have quick access to th
331. vities only lists only assigned activities e Activities with matching role only is important for employee assignation It lists only activities to which a role executed by an employee has already been assigned Activities at a specific date You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Resource and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time a a mum 5 Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help Je x nie olko t a a 4 5 a BD gt Y December 2010 Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 T r s s u r w S M w r r s s u r w r r s s Nr Role Qualification Effort Shortfall 3 EJ 56 4 42 ES E 911 001 programmer 372 64 17 m is is f b o M B e 4 24221214 1 4 commissioning t 2 1 software engine 40 24 software develo 126 14 02 Diligent 4 8 8 7 21 01 Consider 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 7 11 003 programmer V Basic 106 40 38 4 44 34i 4 42 912001 writer 40 48 48 48 48 8 8 8 8 48 8 1 3001 manager 100 5 5 5 8 ue eus pda 344001 designer 325 131 40 22 24 46 15 26 ES DESEAS 915 0
332. w group in the resource pool e Click on the button Delete from all project activities to delete the project resource 3 If necessary switch to another tab to align the resources 4 Click on the button OK 243 Manual selection of employees In the event of project resources differing from the resource pool you can use this function to define which resource you want to use in which ways The list of project resources contains the resources with deviations used in a project The list of the resource pool contains the resources stored in the resource pool the program filters automatically the resources that match with the project resources and the resource pool in the field Filter Manual Resource Selection ee WA Calendar 1 Dit Roles 10 d Employees 1 04 Machine Types 2 Dit lll Machines 1 Project resources c _ z NNNM Nr Name Code E mail Calendar Begin End Non worki Working g Role qua Pro Costs Pric Notes 14 02 Diligent 25 11 10 2 13 001 East 11 002 100 0 00 Use Resource Pool Replace Pesource Pool Add to the Resource Pool Add a new Group Resource Pool Delete from All Activities Resource Filter Diligent Selected rows 2 Code E mail Calendar Begin End Non worki Working 9 Role qua Pro Costs Pric Notes 14 01 Diligent info co 25 1
333. xpand collapse all teams Depending on the preferred view you expand collapse all teams e Show maximum per time unit The maximum required number of personnel resources for each of the work groups teams per day week etc Show average per time unit The average required number of team resources teams per day week etc e Group by teams Presents the teams belonging to a work group in one row with total utilization 117 118 Place activities in one row if possible Displays the activities done by one team in one row if possible For better presentation activities overlapping in time are shown in separate rows Display in reference to subprojects The team utilization is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Sort teams displayed teams can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Unhide total utilization Total utilization for all teams in the project per day week etc Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Team Utilization Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Team Utilization Employee usage
334. y machine type Presents the machine types belonging to a machine group in one row with total load 142 Display in reference to subprojects The loads of machines is not shown for the overall project but for each of the subprojects separately However only those subprojects are considered that are on the level immediately below the overall project Unhide activities Shows all activities to whom machines were assigned in the diagram field Unhide machines Shows all machines of this machine type in the resource list Sort machines All displayed machines can be sorted along number name or code Sort activities All displayed activities can be sorted along number start date and finish date Additional resource diagram You can view an additional resource diagram in the lower area of the window Machinery Additional break even chart You can view an additional break even chart in the lower area of the window Machinery 143 Capacity alignment for machines with additional resource diagram Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio o 8 File Edit View Project Tools Window Help iig a Aa gt SB elk 5 S 8 dE s Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 26 27 28 29 30 01 02 40 41 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 5 Machine groups Effort Total cost Shortfall 24 E 435 16 dq B 153 24 24 24 2 11818 1 Rotate machine 74 2960000 16 15 8 8 16 16
335. yee Notes regarding to an employee 197 Selection of activity During the assignation you can determine the activity list by activating deactivating the following options e Assigned activities only lists only assigned activities e Activities with matching role only is important for employee assignation It lists only activities to which a role executed by an employee has already been assigned Activities at a specific date You can filter activities that are due at a specific date If you leftclick on a cell showing the result from the row Employee and column Date you will only be displayed the activities that were defined for this particular period of time IE Rillsoft Project rpp1 rpp Portfolio File Edit View Project Tools Window Help 7 4 amp ol orl Data Date 07 12 10 00 00 2 29 30 0102 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1011 12 13 14 15 16 103 5 5 r w r r s s u T w Code Utiliz Effort Total cost 0 0 00 a ae 1401 Diligent 40 0 00 1501 Goeslike 0 00 16 01 Sleeper 0 00 17 01 Eager 0 00 18 01 Slow 0 00 19 01 Fast 0 00 Tn tk Chat 7 5 Resource Histogram 6 Role Usage 7 Project specific Role Usage 8 Team Usage Project specific Team Usage Employee Usage 4 E 13 0 Tidy FF Activitie

User Manual - Rillsoft: Project management software with capacity

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents